diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44370-0.txt | 2854 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44370-h/44370-h.htm | 3950 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44370-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 163143 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44370-h/images/plate1-big.jpg | bin | 0 -> 234666 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44370-h/images/plate1.jpg | bin | 0 -> 85503 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44370-h/images/plate2-big.jpg | bin | 0 -> 202551 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 44370-h/images/plate2.jpg | bin | 0 -> 70436 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44370-8.txt | 3248 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44370-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 34027 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44370-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 783655 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44370-h/44370-h.htm | 4322 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44370-h/images/cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 163143 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44370-h/images/plate1-big.jpg | bin | 0 -> 234666 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44370-h/images/plate1.jpg | bin | 0 -> 85503 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44370-h/images/plate2-big.jpg | bin | 0 -> 202551 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44370-h/images/plate2.jpg | bin | 0 -> 70436 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44370.txt | 3248 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/44370.zip | bin | 0 -> 34018 bytes |
21 files changed, 17638 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/44370-0.txt b/44370-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..e8ad054 --- /dev/null +++ b/44370-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2854 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44370 *** + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustrations. + See 44370-h.htm or 44370-h.zip: + (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44370/44370-h/44370-h.htm) + or + (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44370/44370-h.zip) + + + Images of the original pages are available through + Internet Archive. See + https://archive.org/details/handywarguidefor00hang + + +Transcriber's note: + + Text enclosed by underscores is in italics (_italics_). + + Text enclosed by equal signs is in bold face (=bold=). + + + + + +HANDY WAR GUIDE FOR MY COMPANY + +Handy Company Commander's Guide + +Written at the front by + +CAPTAIN HANGUILLART + +of the French Army + +Translated and edited by + +Louis J. A. Mercier, A.M. + +First Lieutenant, Harvard R. O. T. C. +Interpreter with British Expeditionary Force on the +French Front 1914-17. + +"_DASH UNDER DISCIPLINE_" + + + + + + + +Copyright, 1918 +by +R. D. Cortina Company. + +The Cortina Academy of Languages +New York +1918 + + + + +TABLE. + + + Preface 5 + + + Part I. + + Trench Life and Trench Warfare + + Taking over the Trenches 11 + Care and Improvement of the Trenches 14 + The Watch from the Trenches 17 + Patrolling 22 + Interrogating Prisoners 25 + Devices to draw the Enemy's Fire 28 + An Attack, the Repulse 32 + The Counter-Attack 34 + Precautions against Enemy's Artillery 36 + Use of Trench Artillery 37 + Field Artillery Cooperation 39 + Daily Schedule 41 + Turning over the Trenches 43 + Out of the Trenches 44 + Topical Questions on Part I 46 + + + Part II. + + French Infantry Combat Principles. + + Open Warfare 53 + The Approach 55 + Precautions against Silent Artillery 58 + Crossing a Bombarded Zone 59 + Use of Woods as Shelter 64 + To Cross a Crest 65 + The Fire Attack 69 + Precautions against Cavalry 65 + The Termination of the Approach 67 + Use of Machine Guns 71 + The Company Supports 72 + The Companies in Support 73 + The Charge and the Pursuit 73 + Attack of a Wood 75 + Attack of a Village 76 + Attack of a Defile 77 + Night Attacks 77 + Defense of Woods 80 + Defense of a Village 81 + Defense of a Defile 82 + Night Defense of a Position 83 + The Counter Attack 83 + Topical Questions on Part II 86 + + + Appendix + + A Division Front in Trench Warfare. + + The Trench System + The Back Areas + + + + +Printed in the United States of America +by the International Press +150 Lafayette Street +New York City + + + + +PREFACE. + + +The first part of Captain Hanguillart's little book "_Petit Guide +pratique de Guerre pour ma compagnie_" has been incorporated in the new +manuals of instruction published for the young recruits of the French +army by the official military publishing house "Librairie Militaire +Berger-Levrault," the editors of the "Annuaire officiel de l'Armée."[A] + +Its special value comes from the fact that it was written at the front +and is wholly based on the orders which Captain Hanguillart drew up for +the instruction of his own company and tested repeatedly through actual +experience. + +Thus its very omissions are significant. + +The text as it stands represents essentials. + +Its every paragraph is a unit of tried advice. + +=It embodies the practical data that has secured results.= + +=It sums up the cautions that have saved lives.= + +In the second part, Captain Hanguillart has merely reproduced the +French Infantry Combat principles long published in the official manual +for the instruction of platoon leaders. + +In presenting this little work, no claim is made that it is adequate to +the complete instruction of company commanders. + + Its obvious supplements are such works as: Colonel Paul + Azan--_The War of Position_. + + _The Army War College_--Translation of the French + Manual for Commanders of Infantry Platoons. + + Cole and Schoonmaker--_Military Instructors Manual_. + + Major J. A. Moss--_Manual of Military Training_. + + _U. S. A. Infantry Drill Regulations._ + +Captain Hanguillart's book should be carefully compared with these. +But because of its peculiar origin it has for the officer a value not +possessed by other books on this subject. + +It gives what a company commander =actually found essential=. + +Furthermore, it corresponds to the booklets published in France which +are placed in the hands of every recruit. + +Every officer should have full knowledge of his specialty, but =every +private= should understand the essential concerns of his officers so as +to appreciate orders the more readily. + +The army of democracy should be an intelligent thinking army. + +Such little books have helped to give the French poilu his famed +self-reliance and resourcefulness. + +It is the hope of the publishers that this translation may help to do +the same for his American comrades. + +The publishers also believe that the book offers just the information +needed by civilians to follow intelligently reports of military +operations and of life at the front. + +The editor has felt it his duty in rearranging the loose notes of +Captain Hanguillart to respect scrupulously the text, though, at times, +the best way to do so was through a free translation. + +The paragraphs have been numbered and questions and diagrams added to +facilitate assimilation. + + Cambridge, Mass. + + L.J.A.M. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[A] Cf Chapuis. _Instruction théorique et générale du soldat pour la +période de guerre._ 27e édition, January 1917. + + + + + Part I. + + Trench Life and Trench + Warfare. + + + + +TRENCH LIFE AND TRENCH WARFARE. + + + + +TAKING OVER THE TRENCHES. + + +1.--Leaving Billets. + +The battalions of a Brigade occupying a given sector of the front are +billeted when out of the trenches, in the villages closest to their +sector. Cf. appendix. + +When their turn comes to relieve the battalions in the trenches, the +officers in charge should have the following instructions carried out: + + +2.--On the day before the relief make sure: + + That the rifles, bayonets, etc., are in good condition. + + That the ammunition and reserve rations are supplied. + + That the equipment of every man is complete. + + That all officers and N.C.O.'s watches are set to + division time. + + +3.--On the day of the relief, one hour before departure: + + Have rifles stacked and equipment laid out outside the + billets. + + Make sure that nothing is left behind, that premises + are cleaned, all rubbish burnt, and latrines filled. + + Have rifles loaded and with the safety lock turned to + the safe. + + Assign an energetic N. C. O. to act as file closer of + each platoon to prevent straggling. + + Call the roll and have it duly forwarded to the company + commander. + + +4.--On the way to the trenches: + + If under fire, have units march at proper intervals + (Cf. par. 117ff.) + + Adopt marching order best suitable to avoid blocking + the road. + + At night do not allow smoking. + + Exact silence when nearing the trenches. + + Take special precaution at all times to maintain + constant communication between units, especially at + night and when crossing woods. + + If enemy aeroplanes appear, stop and keep out of sight + as much as possible. (Cf. par. 120.) + + +5.--On reaching the trenches: + + The relief should be completed in silence--without + hurry. + + Carefully ascertain the orders of the battalion + relieved. + + Check up and assign to each unit the supplies taken + over. + + Requisition at once additional supplies and ammunition + wanted. + + Each platoon should be assigned its special duties, + the duty roster drawn up for all sentry and patrol + duties, details, etc. + + Have all the men locate the enemy trench as they come + on duty and give them the range. + + Inspect the dugouts and assign them. + + Forbid all digging under the parapet. + + Inspect the latrines. Give strict order that small + amount of dirt be thrown in after use and that lime + be sprinkled in daily. + + See that the men are provided with ammunition. + + Communication should be insured between the various + units to the right and left and with the rear. + + + + +CARE AND IMPROVEMENT OF THE TRENCHES. + + +6.--Improvements: + + Investigate the work under way for the improvement + of defense and prepare plans for further work if + necessary. + + Obvious improvements are: making additional + communication trenches, repairing or completing + shelters, listening posts, mining tunnels, wire + entanglements. + + +7.--Ammunition shelters: + + See that there are a sufficient number of shelters + for rifle ammunition, grenades, rockets and other + supplies. + + +8.--Loopholes and Parapet: + + Ascertain the conditions of all the loopholes and + have them repaired if need be. (They should cut the + parapet diagonally and be concealed in every way + possible with vegetation, branches, and the opening + blocked when not in use.) + + Have all damages to the parapet and to the ground + underneath quickly attended to. + + See that in each section there are small ladders to + permit of easy access to the top of the parapet. + + See that means are provided to fire above the parapet + in case of an attack. + + +9.--Drainage: + + Attend carefully to the drainage. Have the trench + bottom kept convex with small gutters on either side + running into pits lined with gabions. If trench + bottom is lined with board walks, keep it in repair. + Have water pits emptied if necessary. + + +10.--Sanitation: + + Have latrines kept in perfect sanitary order. + + Have them filled up and others dug =if need be=. + + Have all rubbish collected and carried out. + + +11.--Precautions against capture of fire-trench. + + Prepare for the obstruction of the communicating + trenches in case the enemy should capture the fire + trench: Have piles of sand bags above the entrance of + each trench ready to be dumped into it. Have chevaux + de frise lined up on one parapet of the trench and + all held up in such a way by a single wire that when + the wire is cut they will fall into the trench. Mines + can also be prepared to blow up the trench when + invaded. The communicating trench between the fire + trench and the listening post should be covered with + barbed wire screens or be tunnelled. + + + + +THE WATCH FROM THE TRENCHES. + + +12.--Trench Warfare an outpost duty. + +Trench warfare, the inevitable form of modern warfare, is a continuous +series of outpost duty. Hence it is based wholly on eternal vigilance. +The patrols correspond to the scouts; the listening posts to the +sentinels; the firing trench to the outguards; the cover trench to the +supports. The safety of the sector depends entirely on the vigilance +of the advanced elements and the rapidity with which supports and the +reserves can be summoned. + +Watching is thus the fundamental duty in trench warfare. + +The following points should be kept in mind: + + + + +AT ALL TIMES + + +13.--Number of men in the fire trench. + +There must be as many sentinels in each section as is necessary to +cover completely the sector to be watched, no more, no less, each +sentinel being given the exact limits (such as tree, copse, post, +etc.) at each end of the line he should watch. + + +14.--Fix bayonets. + +The men on duty should have bayonets fixed as, in case of a possible +surprise, they are needed for defense. Otherwise too, fixing bayonets +would be an indication to the enemy of an impending raid. + + + + +DURING THE DAY. + + +15.--Observation of open terrain. + +When the terrain opposite is open country, the necessary observation +may be done by the smallest possible number of men. Fire only, if any +of the enemy are sighted. Then, have two rounds fired, then three. But +keep fire under strict control. (If enemy continues to approach. Cf. +par. 52 ff.) + + +16.--Observation of covered terrain. + +When the terrain is covered (high brush wood, copses, trees, etc.) a +sharpshooter in each section should fire occasionally into the trees, +etc., which may be observation or sharpshooters' posts but this should +not be overdone. + + + + +AT NIGHT. + + +17.--Double sentinels. + +Post double sentinels in each section, each man watching in turn, the +other resting but within call. + + +18.--Silence. + +They should refrain from making the least noise so as to hear and not +be heard. + + +19.--No firing when fired upon. + +There should be no firing when the enemy fires since when the enemy +fires, he does not advance. + + +20.--Look and listen. + +They should keep a sharp lookout but listen even more attentively. + + +21.--In the listening posts. + +Sentinels in the listening posts should listen especially for the noise +of crushed branches, stirring leaves, slight noise of arms or utensils. + +If enemy is detected, these sentinels should hasten back to fire trench +to give the alarm quietly so that the enemy may be surprised. + +They should fire only if they are themselves caught unawares. + +Listening posts should not be too numerous, about two per battalion. + +If there are no listening posts, patrols should be sent out to +favorable spots especially at sundown and before sunrise. + + +22.--Enemy sighted or heard, fire. + +If the night is clear and the terrain is open, proceed as during the +day: If the enemy is sighted or heard, fire in short volleys. In case +of doubt throw grenades with the first volley. + + +23.--Otherwise no firing. + +Otherwise, absolute silence should be observed. No firing whatever. + + +24.--Unless night is dark. + +If the night is dark, to avoid surprise, keep up firing: One man per +section should fire in turn, from time to time varying the direction. + + +25.--Digging by enemy. + +If digging by the enemy is reported, cease firing. Have it located, +throw bombs followed by volleys. Notify sappers for counter mining. + + +26.--Watch for light of enemy's fire. + +If enemy fires, note where light appears. + + +27.--Posting of sharpshooters. + +Locate sharpshooters in advantageous posts behind the trenches (trees, +etc.). Have them fire into the enemy's listening posts and into the +enemy's trench, especially wherever light appears. These posts should +not be occupied during the day. + + +28.--Patrols. + +Send out patrols, stationary or mobile. + + + + +PATROLLING. + + +29.--Functions of Patrols. + +The aim: to supplement the work of the listening posts and of the +sentinels through more forward observation. To discover the movements +and the operations of the enemy. To locate his emplacements. + +To keep in close touch with the enemy so as to take advantage of his +possible weaknesses: lack of watchfulness, of ammunition, of sufficient +troops. To verify, repair and complete advance defences. To get the +exact range of enemy's positions. To bring back prisoners. + + +30.--Time to patrol. + +Patrols should be on duty through the night but be specially watchful +before sunrise. + + +31.--Assignment of patrol duty. + +N. C. O. and men should be assigned to patrol duty by roster or as +volunteers. In the former case, if there is reason to think that a +patrol has not done its best to secure information, the same men should +be sent out again. + + +32.--Sentinels should know about patrols. + +Neighboring companies should be notified of the departure, route and +probable time of return of patrols. If several patrols are sent out at +the same time they should know one another's itinerary. + + +33.--Dress and equipment of patrols. + +The men (3 to 5 commanded by N. C. O.) should carry no impediments +and their dress should not interfere with ease of movements: sweaters +should be worn instead of overcoats. The woolen cap or comforter should +be worn as they cover most of the face. Slits should be cut for the +ears that hearing be not interfered with. The helmet should always be +worn over comforter. Also dark gloves to hide the hands. No equipment +save the rifle, the bayonet fixed or carried in the hand, (no bayonet +scabbard), a few hand grenades. + + +34.--Method of advance. + +Patrols should crawl forward or advance by short dashes, silently, stop +often and for long periods, listen intently. + + +35.--Under flare light. + +If the enemy sends up lighting rockets (flares) or fires volleys, lie +flat on the ground until he stops. + + +36.--Against an hostile patrol. + +If a small hostile patrol approaches, do the same, throw a stone or two +so as to turn its attention away and take advantage of this to surprise +it. If men of enemy's patrol give the alarm, kill them--lie flat on +ground during enemy's volleys which will follow. Then strip bodies of +distinctive uniform badges, and search for papers, etc. Otherwise bring +men back as prisoners. + + +37.--Need of initiative. + +Patrols should exercise initiative, take advantage of circumstances, in +devising ways of bringing back the greatest possible amount of useful +information. + + + + +INTERROGATING PRISONERS. + + +38.--Information from prisoners. + +One of the chief aims of patrolling is to bring back prisoners from +whom information may be gathered. + + +39.--Its use by General Staff. + +The General Staff is interested to know the nationality, the division, +the age, etc. of prisoners captured in a given sector. + + +40.--Its use by company commander. + +But these are of little value to the battalion or company commander. +Hence, when possible, they should ask the prisoners questions more +pertinent to the organization of the enemy sector opposite: + + +41.--Questions to ask. + +How strongly are your various lines held? + +Where are the C. O. Post and the officers' dugouts? + +When and by what routes are the reliefs made, how often and on what +days and at what time. Ask the same questions for the fatigues. + +At what time are rations brought or served? + +What is the actual muster of the company? + +How many regular army officers, how many reserve officers? What do the +men think of their officers? + +How many advanced posts? How many men in each, by day and by night? Do +they have grenades and how are they relieved? + +How many men are sent out on patrol, how often, at what time, by what +route coming and going? How are they dressed and armed? What are their +instructions? + +What does the enemy know about our own patrols? + +Are snipers placed in trees during the day and at night? If so, what +trees are used. What parts of our sectors can they see? + +Are they planning any raids? Do they anticipate raids by us? + +What work are they carrying on during the day and at night? + +Have they any idea of our own activities? + +What is the nature and the location of their accessory defences? + +What is the location of their machine guns, trench mortars? + +Have they any asphyxiating gas or liquid fire apparatus? + +Have they abundant supplies of hand grenades, etc., etc. + + + + +DEVICES TO DRAW THE ENEMY'S FIRE. + + +42.--To make enemy waste ammunition. + +Any devices which lead the enemy to waste ammunition or to expose +themselves is a clear gain. + +Many may be readily devised and officers and men should be encouraged +to do so. The following have often proved successful: + + +43.--Pretend abandoning trench. + +Remain absolutely quiescent during several days. This may lead the +enemy to send out patrols or raiding parties which may be the more +surely destroyed. They should be allowed to approach to the wire +entanglements before a shot is fired. + + +44.--Pretend a raid. + +On dark nights, have all firing stop. Throw stones by hand or with +slings, a dozen at a time toward the enemy's trench. This will lead +him to fire repeated volleys and waste ammunition in his fear of an +attack, especially if the trenches are in wooded terrain and there are +leaves on the ground. Repeat several times during the night. + +Patrols may also tie strings to the enemy's barb wire. On dark nights +pulling on the string may lead the enemy to fire. + + +45.--Use decoys. + +Decoys may be arranged in trees or stuck up momentarily over the +parapet. They will draw the enemy's fire. + + +46.--Pretend a fire attack. + +If the enemy's trenches are near enough for the sound to carry, +whistles may be blown all along the line before a volley. They may +be blown again after the command to omit the volley. The enemy may +continue to fire indefinitely. + + +47.--Watch out for enemy's ruses. + +Let the aim of all these devices be to make the enemy waste ammunition +and to save your own. On the other hand, the enemy is likely to attempt +like ruses and many others which are not permissible such as the use of +white flags or raising hands to indicate pretended surrender. + + +48.--His use of blank cartridges. + +A legitimate ruse, of which the enemy is fond and which should be +guarded against, consists in their firing blank cartridges to mask an +advance of their men. It is clear that men do not advance while bullets +are fired from their own trenches. Nor does one fire in retaliation +until the enemy's fire ceases. A little attention will be sufficient to +spoil this plan as, when only blank cartridges are fired, no bullets +will whiz by. As long as the enemy fires blank cartridges, withhold +your own fire, be on guard against the appearance of patrols and be +ready to receive them when they draw near. + + +49.--His use of flares. + +In case the enemy sends up flares, patrols should lie flat and +motionless till after the volley which often follows. The sentinels in +the fire trench should note spot where flare was sent up and abstain +from firing unless enemy is sighted out of his trenches. + + +50.--His machine guns. + +If a machine gun opens fire from the trench opposite, try to locate it +through the light and sound at night, through sound and actual sight +during the day. + +Fire a converging volley of two rounds in its direction, and repeat, +but not over six rounds if unsuccessful. + +At the same time let trench mortars fire bombs in the same direction. + + +51.--His field and trench artillery fire. + +If enemy's artillery fires upon trenches (Cf. par. 69 ff.) + + + + +AN ATTACK. + + + + +THE REPULSE. + + +52.--A threatened raid. + +As has been stated (par. 15 and 22) in case enemy patrols approach, +volleys of two, then of three rounds should be fired. Keep cool. Do not +fire prematurely. + + +53.--Fire above parapet. + +The firing should be done over the parapet and not through the +loopholes. + + +54.--When alarm is given. + +If the sentinels report that an attack is developing, every one on duty +takes his post. + + +55.--Flares. + +Flares are sent up from each section. + + +56.--Trench Mortars. + +Trench mortars fire bombs with the first volley. + + +57.--How to repulse an attack. + +If the attack materializes, repeat volleys and trench mortar discharge +and open fire with the machine guns. + +(On dark nights, in covered terrain, the machine guns should be fired +with the first volley.) + + +58.--Use of hand grenades. + +Hand grenades should be thrown as soon as the enemy is within 30 yards. + +The grenadiers of the odd number squads should aim to throw their +grenades upon the assailants while those of the even number squads +should try to establish a barrage by throwing behind the assailants. + + +59.--Use of trench mortars. + +The trench mortars are aimed at the enemy's trench. + + +60.--Use of the machine guns. + +The machine guns fire directly at the assailants, with slight +differences in height of aim, (knee high, waist high, etc.) according +to the directions previously given to each man. + + +61.--Fire Control. + +Carefully keep fire rifle under control and avoid wasting ammunition. + +Never fire without aiming. If the ground ahead is flat, aim waist-high; +if it slopes down, aim close to the soil; if it slopes up, aim at +height of chest. + + +62.--Repulse with the bayonet. + +If some of the enemy reach the trench, dispose of them with the bayonet. + + +63.--Save ammunition. + +Cease firing and abstain from further firing as soon as the attack is +repulsed. + + + + +THE COUNTER ATTACK. + + +64.--Immediate. + +It should follow immediately upon the successful repulse of the attack. + + +65.--Counter attack formation. + +It should be developed in the following formation: + +1st. Grenadiers armed only with a bayonet, a bowie knife, a revolver +and a full stock of grenades. With them a few men with pliers for wire +cutting. + +2nd. Next a skirmish line of riflemen with a full supply of ammunition. + +3rd. Lastly, a line of men with entrenching tools.[B] + + +66.--Method of advance. + +Proceed by short leaps making use of available protection and crawl +flat on the ground in approaching the enemy's trench. + + +67.--Capture of the enemy's fire trench. + +After the defenders in the fire trench are killed, jump in, throw bombs +into the dugouts, pursue the enemy into the support and communication +trenches. + + +68.--Organize it against the enemy. + +Let then the engineers block up to the right and left the captured +trench and organize it rapidly against the enemy, making it face about +(through changing the parados into a parapet). The enemy is pursued as +far as possible and kept away while fatigue parties from the rear bring +up all necessary ammunition, sand bags, barbed wire, etc., carrying +back all the captured enemy material. Other fatigue parties start at +once to connect the former fire trench with the captured trench by +communication trenches. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[B] Modifications of this formation have since been adopted. Cf. Works +cited in preface. + + + + +CONCERNING ARTILLERY. + + + + +PRECAUTIONS AGAINST ENEMY'S ARTILLERY. + + +69.--Artillery Bombardment. + +Whether preliminary to, in connection with, or independent of an +infantry attack, the enemy may make use of his artillery. + +This bombardment may be directed against the fire trench or back of the +fire-trench. + + +70.--Case I.--Bombardment of the Fire Trench. + + +71.--All in shelter except sentinels. + +Leave in the fire trench the necessary sentinels. + +Station all the other men in the shelters of the support trench, or +along the communication trench, if there are no shelters, but fully +equipped and ready to jump to their places in the fire trench as soon +as the enemy's artillery fire will stop or lengthen to allow his +infantry to advance. + + +72.--Fire to impede observation. + +All through the bombardment, the sentinels should fire at all objects +in the distance which may be used as observation posts. The machine +guns should cooperate with a slow sweeping fire. + + +73.--Case II.--Bombardment back of Fire Trench. + + +74.--Watch for infantry attack. + +All should stand to in the fire trench watching for a possible infantry +attack and for a possible shortening of the enemy's bombardment. If it +occurs, proceed as in Case I. + + +75.--Prevent observation. + +Fire against possible observation posts as in Case I. + + + + +USE OF TRENCH ARTILLERY. + + +76.--Use with a purpose. + +Whatever trench artillery appliances are provided, bomb-throwers, +trench mortars, catapults, etc., they should never be used hap-hazard, +but always with great deliberation and forethought. + +Have a distinct end in view and watch for the best opportunity to +attain it. + +Such definite aims may be: to interfere with a relief, a fatigue, a +trench construction or repair, to destroy accessory defences, etc. + + +77.--Keep it ready. + +Let the mortars, etc., be kept loaded and trained on the target +selected, ready to be fired instantly. The crews should be near at hand +and a sentinel posted to watch for a favorable opportunity. + + +78.--Save ammunition. + +Until this opportunity occurs, do not fire. + + +79.--Have several emplacements. + +Several emplacements should be provided so that mortars, etc., may be +removed as soon as they have obtained desired results or been located +by the enemy. + +The trench mortar commander should make it his business to study +carefully all possibilities for effective emplacements and should +inspire his men to be alert and quick to improve opportunities. + + +80.--Use of machine guns. + +The machine guns should likewise be handled as a mobile weapon and +not be used merely from elaborate carefully concealed emplacements +commanding otherwise uncovered ground or enfilading communication +trenches, etc.[C] + + +81.--Use of hand grenades. + +Hand grenades may be listed as trench artillery. The temptation is to +use them too freely. Like other ammunition they should never be wasted +and always used with a definite aim. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[C] Captain Hanguillart treats this important subject very summarily. +Cf. Cole & Schoonmaker's Military Instructor's Manual p. 319. He also +barely mentions Gas attacks. Cf. very complete treatment in same work, +p. 356 to 370. + + + + +FIELD ARTILLERY COOPERATION. + + +82.--Communications with the artillery. + +Should be permanent so that it may cooperate whether to repulse an +enemy's attack, to silence his artillery, to damage his defences or to +prepare and protect an attack or a counter attack. + + +83.--Observations posts. + +To avoid a waste of ammunition, and attain the desired result as well +as to prevent the artillery fire from falling short upon one's own +trenches, artillery observation posts should be provided in the fire +trench or at one of the outposts. + + +84.--Artillery fire falling short. + +In case artillery fire does fall short upon one's own trenches, +communicate at once with artillery commander and proceed as when +bombarded by enemy. (Cf. 69 ff.) + + +85.--Artillery preparation of infantry attack. + +Special caution should be exercised in the case of a raid against the +enemy's trench. Make sure that the artillery preparation has secured +the desired result. Synchronize carefully the infantry advance and the +lengthening of the artillery fire. + + + + +DAILY SCHEDULE. + + +86.--Rosters and schedules. + +Throughout the stay in the trenches, the various fatigues should be +assigned by roster and carried out according to schedule. The following +schedule has been found practical: + + + + +7 A.M. (6 A.M. in summer). + + +87.--Cleaning of trenches. + +Have trenches cleaned of all rubbish, latrines disinfected, drinking +water supplied. + + +88.--Collecting of broken equipment. + +All cartridge shells, broken tools, etc. should be collected. + + +89.--Requisition Report. + +A list of the supplies and ammunition needed should be drawn up. + + +90.--Report on night activities. + +Full report should be brought to the company commander, covering the +work of the patrols and of the fatigue parties, and giving full details +of all that has happened during the night. + + +91.--Report on casualties. + +Also the list of casualties in the last twelve hours with full names +and nature of wound if possible. + + +92.--Disposal of property of dead and wounded. + +The arms and complete equipment of the wounded should be sent out +with them. The arms and equipment of the killed should be sent to +the battalion commander. Their personal effects; money, papers, +letters, etc., should be carefully collected, listed, and sent to the +sergeant-major. + + + + +8 A.M. + + +93.--Sick Parade. + +The men able to walk are taken to the doctor's dugout by an N.C.O. + + + + +4 P.M. + + +94.--Assignment of patrols. + +Assign night patrols from roster. Point out itinerary while light +permits. Have neighbouring sectors advised of same. + + + + +(8. P.M.) + + +95.--Inspections. + +Inspection of sentinels in fire trench. Inspection of ammunition +supplies. + + + + +TURNING OVER THE TRENCHES. + + + + +THE RELIEF. + + +96.--In the afternoon and in each section: + +Have all the tools and supplies collected and list drawn up ready to +hand over to successor against receipt for same. + +Inspect equipment of men that they may be taken out completely. + +Check up exact itinerary of relief in and out. + + +97.--At the time of relief: + +Have rifles inspected and emptied. + +Give strict orders for silence. + +Follow same marching order as when coming in. + +Have officer march in rear. + + +98.--On reaching billets. + +Have the roll called and sent to the officer of the day. + +Have rifles inspected. + + + + +THE DAY AFTER THE RELIEF. + + +99.--Replace equipment. + +Have all arms cleaned and oiled. + +Have broken arms turned in and others issued. + +Inspect shoes, clothes, equipment, tools, and replace when needed. + +Have special inspection of gas-masks and replace if needed. + + +100.--Sanitation. + +Have underwear washed, and personal cleanliness attended to, baths, +hair-cuts, etc. + +Have premises kept clean and latrines disinfected daily. + + + + +OUT OF THE TRENCHES. + + +101.--Specialists' Instruction. + +While in rest billets: Have all specialists' instruction continued: +sharpshooters, bomb-throwers, signallers, etc. + + +102.--Bayonet exercises. + +Should be given special attention. + + +103.--Close and extended order drill + +and marching give the men needed exercise. + + +104.--Relaxation. + +should also be provided: in the form of games, contests, +entertainments, etc. They help to keep the men "fit." + + +105.--Efficiency. + +The company commander should make it is his constant concern that his +men be kept at the highest possible point of efficiency. + + + + +QUESTIONS. + + + The following questions are topical. Supplements to the + answers found in this book should be looked for in the + larger works referred to in the preface. + + +Trench Life and Trench Warfare. + +1.--What inspections should be made on the day before the relief? + +2.--State orders to be issued one hour before departure. + +3.--What may be the marching orders, on the way to the trenches? + +4.--Describe precautions to be taken against enemy's fire, against +aeroplanes. + +5.--What other precautions should be taken? + +6.--What should the company commander attend to on reaching the +trenches? + +7.--What possible improvements of trenches are obviously called for? + +8.--What special attention should be given the parapet? + +9.--Give rules for drainage and sanitation. + +10.--What precautions may be taken against capture of fire-trench? + +11.--What does trench warfare correspond to in open warfare? + +12.--What does the safety of a sector depend on? + +13.--What is the fundamental duty in trench warfare? + +14.--What rule determines the number of men to be posted in the +fire-trench? + +15.--Sum up their orders about firing before open terrain, before +covered terrain. + +16.--What is meant by double sentinels? + +17.--Why is listening attentively even more important than keeping a +sharp look out? + +18.--Why should the sentinels refrain from answering the enemy's fire? + +19.--What is expected of the men in the listening posts? + +20.--When should the sentinels fire on a clear night? When, on a dark +night? + +21.--What should the sentinels do, if they hear the enemy's digging? + +22.--When and where are sharpshooters posted and what is their duty? + +23.--What information may patrols bring back? + +24.--When should patrols be sent out and how should they be assigned? + +25.--What should the sentinels along a sector know about the patrols, +and the several possible patrols know about one another? + +26.--Describe dress and equipment of men on patrols. + +27.--Describe their method of advance. + +28.--What should they do on encountering a hostile patrol? + +29.--What should be the motto of men on patrol? + +30.--What are some of the most useful informations about the enemy, you +should try to obtain? + +31.--What motto should you have about ammunition? + +32.--Describe several ways of leading enemy to waste ammunition. + +33.--What is the distinction between legitimate and illegitimate ruses? + +34.--On what principle is the enemy's ruse of the use of blank +cartridges based? + +35.--How may this ruse be foiled? + +36.--What should the sentinels, and what should the men on patrol do, +when the enemy sends up flares? + +37.--How should the enemy's machine gun fire be answered? + + +An Enemy's Attack. + +38.--Describe procedure when enemy's patrols are sighted by sentinels +and when an attack develops. + +39.--When are the trench mortars and the machine guns fired? + +40.--How are hand grenades thrown? + +41.--Where should the rifle fire be aimed? + +42.--When are bayonets used? + +43.--Is it sufficient to repulse an attack? + +44.--What formation should be adopted for the counter attack? + +45.--How is the advance made and the counter attack carried out? + +46.--Describe what is meant by organization of a newly conquered trench. + +47.--What should be done, if the enemy bombards the fire-trench? + +48.--What should the sentinels do? + +49.--What should be done if the bombardment is back of the fire-trench? + +50.--What general rule applies to the use of all trench artillery? + +51.--What are its ordinary objectives? + +52.--How are trench mortars handled? + +53.--What is meant by calling trench-artillery mobile weapons? + +54.--Give a general caution for the use of all ammunition. + +55.--What is essential to secure effective artillery fire? + +56.--What should be done if one's own artillery fire falls short upon +one's own trenches? + +57.--How is coordination between artillery and infantry secured in case +of a raid? + +58.--What are the principal items of the morning schedule, of the +afternoon schedule? + +59.--Describe the preparations for leaving the trenches. + +60.--What orders are given at the time of relief? + +61.--What is done before the men are dismissed to their billets? + +62.--How should the days in rest billets be utilized? + +63.--Describe a typical day in the trenches. + +64.--Describe a typical day in rest billets. + +65.--What should be the supreme aim alike of men and officers? + + + + + Part II. + + French Infantry Combat + Principles. + + + + +FRENCH INFANTRY COMBAT PRINCIPLES. + + + + +OPEN WARFARE. + + +106.--Is open warfare probable? + +It is improbable that in this war trench warfare will definitely give +place on all sectors of the front to open warfare. + +But the tactics that have forced several retirements will force others. + +If sufficient troops are available, tried and fit and resolute, with +the necessary quantities of ammunition and improved artillery, we shall +see German arrogance and brutality in victory become again cringing +fear and demoralization in defeat; the experience of the Marne will +be repeated and the invaders will be driven out of the territory they +swarmed over through treacherous breaking of treaties. + + +107.--The need of training in Infantry Combat Principles. + +That day the infantry will come again unto its own and its dash and +resolution will insure victory. + +To achieve it, it must be a well trained infantry, in the old sense +of the word. Officers, non-commissioned officers and men must have a +thorough and practical knowledge of Infantry Combat Principles. + +These should be practiced in the intervals of trench service when the +battalion is in rest billets. + +Their theory should be thoroughly mastered by all on whom may devolve +responsibility. + + +108.--The two phases of the Combat. + +We shall study here the two principal phases of the combat: the +approach and the attack, from the point of view of the company +commander. + + +109.--The Defense. + +We shall also consider the Combat from the standpoint of the Defense. + + + + +THE APPROACH. + + +110.--All maneuvering at close range impossible. + +In the attack, the infantry can proceed only straight ahead. Under +infantry fire all maneuvering is impossible. Therefore by "approach" is +meant all maneuvering preparatory to the attack: It brings the troops +directly in front of and as near as possible to the objective. + + + + +PRELIMINARY DISPOSITIONS TO START THE APPROACH. + + +111.--The orders to attack. + +The company commander will receive his orders from the battalion +commander. + + +112.--Equipment and Liaison. + +In the meanwhile let the lieutenants: + + a) make sure that the men are fully equipped and + provided with full allotment of ammunition; + + b) appoint and parade connecting files (runners) to + await orders. + + +113.--Distribution of Orders. + +The company commander having received his orders from the battalion +commander, will then call his subordinates and issue his own orders +accordingly, including the formation to be adopted. + + +114.--Combat patrols. + +He will make sure that there are combat patrols on the exposed flank or +flanks and to the front and rear if need be. + +It is well to have combat patrols detach automatically. It may be +understood, once for all, that, without further orders, the first squad +will cover in front, the second to the right, the third to the left, +the fourth to the rear, whenever needed. Still, the officer in charge +should make sure that this arrangement is carried out. + +A combat patrol, if not a full advance guard, will thus always precede +a unit and be the first to take contact with the enemy. + + +115.--Officers as guides. + +The officers serve as guides to their units, until deployment, a +mounted officer in liaison with the advance guard or advanced combat +patrol checking up the itinerary. + + +116.--Keep Close Order as long as possible. + +The advance of a company into an engagement is conducted in close +order, preferably columns of squads, until possible observation by the +enemy or encountering of hostile fire makes it advisable to deploy. + +Deployment should not be premature and should always follow upon the +conditions arising during the progress of the advance. + + + + +PRECAUTIONS AGAINST HOSTILE ARTILLERY. + + + + +AGAINST SILENT ARTILLERY. + + +117.--Nearing artillery which may open fire. + +About two or three miles from the positions liable to be occupied by +the enemy's field artillery, precautions should be taken against the +possibility of its opening fire. + + +118.--Deployment. + +Deployments should be adopted best suited to escape observation: + + +119.--To escape direct observation: + +March in single or double file, the whole section[D] keeping closed up +so as to diminish the number of files seen from the front. + + +120.--Under aeroplane observation: + +Avoid especially the center of roads as they show white, utilize on the +contrary the spaces between cultivated fields of different colors, +make use of all possible cover, trees, shrubs, ditches, embankments. +Always walk in the shade when possible. If hostile aeroplanes are +flying low, halt and lie down on left side, hiding face in elbow. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[D] The French "section" comprises 54 men. It is thus equivalent to 7 +squads, and may be considered as 2 platoons. + + + + +CROSSING A BOMBARDED ZONE. + + +121.--Case I. Artillery opening fire to register. + +A registering fire is easily recognized as the German artillery +registers either with a single percussion shell at a time, or with two +time-shells at three seconds interval. + +In the German field gun, the setting of the angle of sight[E] and of +the elevation[F] involves two operations. + + +122.--Oblique to right then to left. + +Therefore infantry under registering fire should oblique forward +rapidly. + + +123.--Case II: Artillery opening fire for effect. + +The zone has necessarily been previously registered. Such a zone is +easily recognized by the presence of shell holes. + + +124.--Avoid Zone if possible. + +It should be avoided and the advance made on its outskirts. + + +125.--The five cases of fire for effect. + +If this cannot be done and the fire for effect materializes five cases +are to be distinguished as the shells may be: + + 1. Shrapnel shells bursting at right height; + + 2. Shrapnel shells bursting high; + + 3. Time-Fuse high explosive shells bursting at right + height; + + 4. Time-Fuse high explosive shells bursting high; + + 5. Percussion high explosive shells. + + +126.--Case 1. Burst Area of Shrapnel shells bursting at right height. + +The area of burst is about 250 to 300 yards in length and 30 yards in +width, half the bullets falling on the first 50 yards of the beaten +zone. + + +127.--Protective Formation against Shrapnel. + +Advance in line of section, in single or double file keeping as closed +up as possible with 30 yards intervals between sections. + +The second line should be 250 to 300 yards behind the first. + + +128.--Case 2. Shrapnel shells bursting high. + +Much less dangerous than when bursting at right height as initial speed +of bullets is spent. Same formation as for Case 1. + + +129.--Case 3. Burst area of Time-fuse high explosive shells bursting at +right height. + +The area of burst is opposite to that of shrapnel: short depth, large +width, only 7 to 10 yards depths as opposed to 60 to 100 yards in width. + + +130.--Protective Formation against Time-fuse high explosives. + +Advance in line of section, single or double file, keeping as closed up +as possible with 60 to 100 yards intervals between sections. + +The second line may be 15 yards behind the first. + + +131.--Case 4. High explosive shells bursting high. + +The depth of the area of burst is longer than when shells burst at the +right height; therefore widen interval between the lines. + + +132.--Case 5. Burst area of percussion high explosive shells. + +The radius of the explosion is only about 25 yards but the local effect +is intense and the displacement is effective in more than double the +radius. + + +133.--Protective Formation against percussion high explosive shells. + +Advance in line of section in double file, keeping as closed up as +possible, with about 100 yards intervals between sections. + +The second line may be about 50 yards behind the first. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[E] Inclination of the line of sight to the horizontal. + +[F] The vertical inclination of the gun. + + + + +GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS AGAINST ALL TYPES OF EFFECTIVE FIRE. + + +134.--Dangerous to stop, useless to run. + +Do not stop in a zone under fire for effect as lying down only provides +a larger target. If absolutely obliged to stop, remain standing +and packed together like sardines, maintaining above formations and +intervals. It is useless to run, but, as much as possible, advance +steadily. + + +135.--Protective Formation against all types of shells. + +As may appear from the study of the above the following formation +and intervals will afford the best protection against all types and +combinations of types of shells, as a shell will never affect more than +one section. + +Advance in lines of sections in double file, keeping as closed up as +possible, with 85 to 110 yards intervals[G] between sections. + +The second line should be 250 to 300 yards behind the first. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[G] All through this chapter, maximum intervals are given. They may +have to be shortened to secure closer order at the expense of greater +safety. + + + + +SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE APPROACH. + + + + +USE OF WOODS AS SHELTER ON THE ADVANCE. + + +136.--Avoid if small. + +They should be used to advance or halt only if they are of considerable +size. Then, they hide movements and provide some shelter from fire. On +the contrary, when they are small, they are to be avoided as they draw +artillery fire and do not offer sufficient protection. + + +137.--Liaison difficult. + +When advancing in woods, special care should be taken to keep all +fractions connected. + + +138.--Exit quickly at one time. + +To exit from wood, take all necessary dispositions under cover so that, +on the signal of the commander, all fractions may be ready to spring +out together. They should continue to advance forward, as rapidly as +possible, to avoid the enemy's likely shelling of the outskirts. + + +138.--Otherwise exit in different places. + +If the exit cannot be made by all fractions at one time, the elements +of the second line should avoid coming out at the same point as those +of the first line. + + + + +TO CROSS A CREST. + + +139.--Cross altogether and rapidly. + +Let the line of sections assemble at top of crest, crouching carefully +below the sky line. Then, upon concerted signal, all should leap +quickly across and down the descending slope, making as extended bounds +as possible. + +This makes crossing fairly safe as even the infantry will have to +modify both its elevation and angle of sight for every new position of +this quickly moving target. + + + + +PRECAUTIONS AGAINST CAVALRY. + + +140.--Cavalry Patrols. + +During the whole "approach" watch should be kept for possible cavalry +patrols. The elements acting as advance guard and flank guards or +as combat patrols have as part of their special mission to keep the +cavalry away from the main body. + + +141.--Face and Fire. + +To repulse cavalry, the infantry must be able to face quickly toward +the charging horsemen and furnish a heavy fire. + + +142.--Protective formations. + +If cavalry patrols are expected ahead, deployment as skirmishers will +secure this, if on the flanks, deploy in columns of squads marching in +double file. A formation in echelon is effective at all times. + + +143.--Repulsing the charge. + +If cavalry appears, stop, face the charge quickly, fix bayonets and +fire at will, the section leaders controlling the fire. + + +144.--In case of surprise. + +If surprised, deploy quickly and lie down. + + + + +THE ATTACK. + + + + +THE TERMINATION OF THE APPROACH. + + +145.--The Objective. + +The standard objective of a battalion is a maximum front of 550 yards. + + +146.--Determination of the Objective. + +On nearing the objective the battalion commander reconnoiters rapidly +to determine the number of companies to put in the front line and the +part of the objective to be assigned to each. + + +147.--Horses sent back. + +Mounted officers now send back their horses to reserve battalion. + + +148.--Assignment of position to companies. + +The battalion commander assigns to each company its part of the +objective and the position from which it is to start the attack. + + +149.--Getting into position for the attack. + +The orders are given verbally by the battalion commander to the +captains and by the captains to the company usually through the platoon +leaders as the company is not in close order. + + +150.--Deployment before infantry fire. + +As soon as the zone swept by the infantry fire of the enemy is reached +(about 1000 yards) deployment as skirmishers becomes imperative. + + +151.--Methods of advance. + +Keep on advancing toward positions for the attack by fractions, varying +method according to the terrain; short rushes, crawling, making use of +all possible cover. + + +152.--Position of officers. + +The battalion commander and the captains march with the supports, the +battalion commander controlling the despatch of reinforcements. As +soon as the supports are all sent forward they march with the fraction +nearest the enemy. + + +153.--Liaison. + +A connecting file (runner) accompanies the battalion commander and each +of the captains. + + + + +THE FIRE ATTACK. + + +154.--The time to fire. + +It is determined by the casualties. + + +155.--The order to fire. + +It is given by the captains; (only in case of extreme emergency by a +subaltern.) + + +156.--Fire Control. + +The section leaders, under the direction of the captain; control the +fire: classes of firing, volley firing, firing at will; the target (the +nearest hostile troops within the sector of the objective being the +usual target); the range, the opening and cessation of fire in volley +fire. + + +157.--Fire observation. + +The section leaders are helped in their observation of the fire effect +by observers standing besides them. The fire is usually directed +independently by section or half section. + + +158.--Verification of range. + +In principle, the corporals do not take part in the fire but verify +the range and direction of the fire of their respective squads. + + + + +ADVANCING THE FIRING LINE. + + +159.--Methods of advance. + +To advance the firing line in attack, all means are good: by section, +half-section, squad, the only condition being that it be by commanded +fractions. + + +160.--Closing in to replace casualties. + +As men fall, the rest close in toward the section leader, the sections +rectifying intervals on the sections furthest advanced (the captain is +with this section, all sections being now in line.) + + +161.--Closing in on the battalion front. + +The several companies rectify intervals in the same way on the furthest +advanced company (the battalion commander being with this company). + + +162.--Seize every opportunity to advance. + +Every propitious occasion to advance should be seized at once by the +various elements of the line: greater effectiveness of the neighboring +section's fire, slackening fire of the enemy, effects of artillery, +etc. + + +163.--Each fraction protects advance of neighbor. + +The movement forward of each fraction of the line should be protected +by the fire of the neighboring fraction. + + +164.--Keep fit to fire accurately. + +The fraction leader, after each rush forward, should give time to the +men to get back their breath so that they may fire with careful aim. + + +165.--Liaison with the Captain. + +The captain should be kept informed by a conventional signal as to the +need of ammunition, etc. + + + + +USE OF MACHINE GUNS IN THE ATTACK. + + +166.--During the Approach. + +Use them judiciously but boldly. They should advance as first units. + + +167.--During the fire attack. + +Strive to keep abreast or ahead of the most advanced elements +especially on the flanks. + + +168.--During the charge. + +Try to have them reach the objective with the firing line and +contribute to the pursuit. + + + + +THE COMPANY SUPPORTS. + + +169.--In liaison with the captain. + +The sections kept in support are at the disposition of the captain. + + +170.--Method of advance. + +Under the command of the section leader, they advance, in double file, +at proper intervals or deployed, according to their proximity to the +enemy and according to the terrain (covered or uncovered). + + +171.--Distance from the firing line. + +They should be about 250 yards behind the firing line to whose +movements they conform. + + +172.--Supplying the firing line. + +The section leaders keep in sight of the captain and upon his signaled +command advance into the firing line either to fill up a gap or to +reinforce a section. + + +173.--When filling a gap. + +They advance as far as possible ahead of the line. + + +174.--Reinforcing. + +They come up with a rush and shout to rehearten the line. + + + + +THE COMPANIES IN SUPPORT. + + +175.--Position. + +They are kept out of range of the enemy's fire upon the firing line but +near enough to interfere as soon as called upon. + + +176.--Liaison with battalion commander. + +The captains keep in touch with the battalion commander. + + +177.--Advance into action. + +These companies advance into the fire zone with the necessary +precautions, either by fractions or entire, taking advantage of +favorable conditions: inefficiency of the enemy's fire, effectiveness +of the firing line, etc. + + + + +THE CHARGE. + + +178.--The final aim. + +The charge is the final aim of the whole attack. Its success means the +defeat of the enemy. + + +179.--Caution. + +It should not be launched too soon. + + +180.--By whom ordered. + +The order may come directly from the commander of the attacking line or +be solicited by any of his subordinates. + + +181.--Method of advance. + +Fix bayonets, advance, stop to fire, advance again, but always so as to +arrive on the enemy's position without being out of breath. + + + + +THE PURSUIT. + + +182.--One essential rule. + +It should be vigorously pressed. + + +183.--Organize new position. + +In the meanwhile the conquered position should be organized. + + + + +SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE ATTACK. + + + + +ATTACK OF A WOOD. + + +184.--First objective. + +In the attack of a wood, the first objective should be the outskirts. +Concentrate the first effort on the salients. + + +185.--Method of Advance. + +As soon as the wood is penetrated, advance quickly forward, utilizing +all roads, paths and trails. The company advances by sections or half +sections, in single or double file, preceded by strong patrols. + +Every effort should be made to close in with the bayonet. + + +186.--Outflanking. + +The companies or fractions on the flank strive to outflank the enemy so +as to attack him on the flank or from behind. + + +187.--Frontal Attack. + +The companies or fractions in the center try to get across the wood as +quickly as possible, or, at least, to reach a clearing. + + + + +ATTACK OF A VILLAGE. + + +188.--First Objective. + +In the attack of a village, the first objective should be the nearest +outskirt. + + +189.--Organize. + +Consolidate this first position as soon as conquered. Signal to the +artillery to lengthen the range. + + +190.--Frontal attack. + +Then try to gain as rapidly as possible the opposite end. + + +191.--Outflanking. + +The flanking units endeavor to encircle the objective. + + +192.--Against interior defense. + +If the defense has been strongly organized inside the village, fight +forward step by step. Blow up the obstacles with explosives. + + +193.--Cooperation of Artillery. + +Have artillery bring up a few guns within close range. + + + + +ATTACK OF A DEFILE. + + +194.--When defended in front. + +If it is defended in front, try to advance rapidly by one or both +flanks, small fractions only attacking on the valley bottom, while the +greater part of the attacking force progresses on the heights on either +side, the flanks striving to keep forward so as to reach the other end +before the defenders and encircle them. + + +195.--When defended in rear. + +If the defile is defended at the farther end, as in the case of a +bridge, echelon units (properly covered) for heavy concentrated fire +from the bank held and cross the bridge on the run and in small groups. + + + + +NIGHT ATTACKS. + + +196.--Of limited scope. + +They must be confined to simple movements over easy ground. + + +197.--Orders to be given. + +They must be carefully prepared secretly beforehand in every detail. +The orders must include detailed particulars on the role of each unit +or fraction of units, precise data on the rallying points and on the +signals to be used. + + +198.--Small units used. + +For many reasons, chief among which is the difficulty of handling large +units at night and maintaining contact, small units should be used. + + +199.--A battalion the maximum. + +The fire of the adversary being negligible at night, there is seldom +any advantage in putting more than a battalion in line against a given +objective, the quality, discipline and cohesion of the troops making up +for the number. + + +200.--Special precaution. + +Before beginning the approach, carefully secure all arms and utensils +so as to prevent noise. Fix bayonets. + + +201.--Method of advance. + +Walk in double files on sides of roads, never in the center. Otherwise +as long as practicable, in columns of squads. + + +202.--Liaison. + +Commands are to be transmitted in a low voice by connecting files. + + +203.--To secure surprise. + +Keep absolute silence. Forbid all lights. No smoking allowed. + + +204.--Reconnaissance. + +The itinerary should be reconnoitered beforehand, if possible, and +index stakes planted; otherwise an officer should precede with a +luminous compass and men to plant the stakes. + + +205.--No fire before charge. + +Do not answer the enemy's fire until the charge. + + +206.--Quickness essential. + +Success depends above all on the rapidity and continuity of the +advance. Get there as quickly as possible. + + + + +THE DEFENSE. + +DEFENSE OF POINTS d'APPUIS: WOODS, VILLAGES, DEFILES. + + + + +DEFENSE OF WOODS. + + +207.--Distribution of Troops. + +The commander should distribute his command so as to provide a defense +of the outskirts, an interior defense and reserves for a counter attack. + + +208.--The outskirt defense. + +The outskirts defense troops should organize their positions and remain +hidden near the combat emplacements until the attack is announced as +impending by their sentinels. + + +209.--The interior defense. + +The interior defense troops should organize their positions (abatis, +barb-wire) on the edges of clearings and other open spaces so as to +secure convergent fire. + + +210.--The Reserves. + +The counter-attack reserves should be placed in the rear and on the +outside of the flank best suited for launching a counter attack. They +should proceed to organize the ground so as to prevent the enemy from +issuing from the wood, and should strive to keep on. + + + + +DEFENSE OF A VILLAGE. + + +211.--Distribution of Troops. + +The same as for the defense of a wood. + + +212.--The exits. + +The outskirts defense organization should include trenches and +accessory defences before all the exits. These should be strongly +barricaded. + + +213.--Interior strong point. + +The interior defense should be organized about the houses most strongly +built and least visible to the enemy's artillery. It should include +hidden communications between these strong points, thus facilitating a +prolonged defense. + + +214.--Special precautions. + +The streets should be barricaded and loopholes provided in the walls of +the houses. Precautions should be taken against fire: pails of water, +boxes of sand provided in the houses. + + + + +DEFENSE OF A DEFILE. + + +215.--To keep the exits open for an advance. + +If the aim is to keep the exits open so as to permit the advance of +troops, the defense should be organized at some distance in front of +the defile: far enough to permit the unimpeded progress of the advance. + + +216.--To keep exits open for a retreat. + +If the aim is to keep the exits open so as to cover the retreat of +troops, the roads at the bottom of the defile should be left free and +the defense troops so placed as to draw the enemy's fire on other +points. + + +217.--To block the defile. + +If the aim is to block the defile, the defense should be organized +in the interior of the defile on both sides of the place of greatest +width, so as to secure convergence of fire. Echelon detachments all +along the defile to act as a rear guard in case a retreat is necessary. +Keep the flanks well protected. + + + + +NIGHT DEFENSE OF A POSITION + + +218.--Precautions against attack. + +Attack should be guarded against by accumulating obstacles and the +defense further prepared by previous reconnoitering of the best ground +for counter-attacks. + + +219.--Receive with violent fire and immediate counterattacks. + +The enemy's charge should be met with a violent fire at the shortest +possible range, followed immediately by counter-attacks with the +bayonet, especially on the flanks. + + + + +THE COUNTER ATTACK. + + +220.--Confine to definite Objective. + +Indicate the objective very definitely including the position to be +reached but not gone beyond. + +Its direction should not interfere with the fire of neighboring troops. + + +221.--Necessary Reconnaissance. + +The Counter Attack should be prepared cautiously and the itinerary +carefully, even if rapidly, reconnoitered. (This may have been done as +part of the preparation of the defense. It should be done with special +care if the counter-attack is to take place at night.) + + +222.--Watch for opportunity. + +It may be decided upon independently of the incidents of the defense or +to take advantage of the mistakes or weakness of the adversary. + + +223.--Counter from short distance. + +The most favorable moment is when the enemy is within a short distance +and its artillery consequently obliged to stop or to lengthen its fire. + + +224.--Sudden and intense fire. + +It should be launched suddenly so as to surprise the enemy and pushed +vigorously, the fire being increased to great intensity along the whole +front. + + +225.--Rapid and continuous advance. + +Rapidity and continuity of advance is essential. + + +226.--Bayonet charge. + +Its culmination is the bayonet charge against the prescribed definite +objective. + + +227.--Stop! + +Hold this objective once conquered but do not go beyond. + + +228.--Dash under Discipline. + +Let the motto be always, but here especially: "DASH UNDER DISCIPLINE." + + + + +QUESTIONS. + + + The following questions cover the principles of + combat in open warfare. These principles have been + supplemented rather than changed in the light of + experience since 1914. In their original form, as + given in this book, they still may be considered as + fundamental. Compare them carefully with the treatment + of the same topics in the larger works recommended. The + questions are shaped to cover the topics supplemented. + +1.--What is the difference between "trench warfare" and "open warfare"? + +2.--What is meant by the "combat"? + +3.--What are the two phases of the combat? + +4.--What is the distinction between "the approach" and the "attack"? + +5.--Why is maneuvering impossible under infantry fire? + +6.--What is the purpose of the approach? + +7.--How are orders issued? + +8.--How is liaison secured? + +9.--What were the original functions of combat patrols? + +10.--When should close order be abandoned for deployment? + +11.--At what distance from the enemy does deployment become imperative? + +12.--What is the last formation to escape direct observation? + +13.--What precautions may be taken against aeroplane observations? + +14.--What is the difference between a registering fire and fire for +effect? + +15.--How may the German registering fire be recognized? + +16.--What precaution may be taken against it and why is it effective? + +17.--What preliminaries are necessary to open fire for effect? + +18.--What is an easy way to recognize whether fire for effect may be +expected? + +19.--What five cases of fire may be distinguished? + +20.--What is the burst area of a shrapnel shell? + +21.--What is the safest protective formation against shrapnel? + +22.--What is the difference between a shrapnel shell, a time-fuse high +explosive shell and a percussion high explosive shell? + +23.--What is the burst area of a time-fuse high explosive shell? + +24.--What is the safest protective formation against it? + +25.--What is the burst area of percussion high explosive shells, and +what precautions can be taken against them? + +26.--What is the safest protective formation against all types of +shells? + +27.--What objections may it be open to? + +28.--What is the safest way and direction to go when under artillery +fire? + +29.--Why should small woods be avoided? + +30.--In large woods, what precautions must be taken to secure a steady +advance? + +31.--How should the exit from a wood be made? + +32.--Describe method of crossing a crest. + +33.--What are good protective formations against cavalry and how is it +repulsed? + +34.--What elements have the mission to deal with cavalry patrols? + +35.--What is meant by "the objective" in attack? + +36.--What is the distinction between determining the objective and the +position from which to start the attack? + +37.--What is the distinction between "the approach" and getting into +position for the attack? + +38.--At what distance from the enemy does deployment as skirmishers +become imperative? + +39.--Describe method of advance toward positions for the attack. + +40.--Where should the officers be during this advance? + +41.--How is liaison (communication) secured between the various +commands? + +42.--What is meant by the fire attack? + +44.--How is the time to fire determined? + +45.--How are fire control and fire effect secured? + +46.--How is the firing line advanced? + +47.--How is it rectified? + +48.--Why should care be taken not to have men out of breath? + +49.--How should machine guns be made to contribute to the approach, +the fire attack, the charge? + +50.--How far should the company supports be from the firing line? + +51.--Who commands them? + +52.--How is the firing line reinforced? + +53.--Describe the company supports going into the line to fill up a +gap, to reinforce a section. + +54.--Describe position and behavior of companies in support. + +55.--What is the final stage of the whole attack? + +56.--Who orders the charge and how is it made? + +57.--What is the difference between the charge and the pursuit? + +58.--What should be done with a newly conquered position? + +59.--What is the first objective in attacking a wood? + +60.--How does the aim of the troops on the wings differ from that of +those in the center? + +62.--Distinguish the different objectives in the attack of a village. + +63.--Describe the attack to proceed through a defile in which the enemy +is located. + +64.--Describe the attack of a bridge. + +65.--Why should night attacks be of limited scope? + +66.--What special precautions should be taken? + +67.--What is the largest unit advisable? + +68.--How is surprise secured? + +69.--Describe the methods of reconnaissance, advance and liaison for a +night attack. + +70.--Should the enemy's fire be answered in a night attack? + +71.--What does the success of a night attack chiefly depend on? + +72.--How should troops be distributed for the defense of woods and what +is the function of each? + +73.--Describe the distribution of troops for the defense of a village. + +74.--How should the outskirts defense be organized? + +75.--Describe the interior defense. + +76.--How can a defile be kept open for an advance? + +77.--How can a defile be safeguarded for a retreat? + +78.--Give necessary orders for the blocking of a defile. + +79.--Why should reconnoitering for counter attacks always be part of +the organization for defense. + +80.--Describe repulse of a night attack. + +81.--Is an attack ever advisable without previous reconnaissance? + +82.--Explain the importance of understanding the exact objective in a +counterattack. + +83.--What is the best time to launch a counter attack? + +84.--What precautions must be taken to secure the success of a counter +attack? + +85.--What is a good motto under all conditions, but especially in the +attack? + + + + + Appendix. + + A Division Front in + Trench Warfare. + + + + +EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. + + +The following may be considered a standard scheme of distribution of +troops, for trench warfare, in a fully developed trench system. + +An infantry division is composed of two brigades, each brigade of two +regiments, each regiment of three battalions. Each brigade thus has six +battalions, each battalion numbering 1026 officers and men, normally +divided into four companies. + +One battalion occupies about 1000 yards in ordinary trench warfare. As +reliefs must be frequent, three battalions of each brigade will be on +duty, while the other three are in rest-billets, at least two miles +back of the trenches. + +Two of the battalions on duty occupy the trenches, the third is +stationed about a mile back, in reserve. + +A brigade can therefore hold about 2000 yards of trenches: two +battalions in front line trenches, one battalion in reserve, and three +battalions in rest billets. + +Hence a division (two brigades) will hold a front of about 4000 yards. + +Within each 1000 yards front, the distribution may be as follows: + +Three platoons of Companies A, B, and C occupy the dugouts of the cover +trench and of the support trench and post sentinels by roster in the +fire trench. + +Platoon No. 4 of each company occupy the dugouts of the reserve trench, +together with the entire Company D. + +Platoons and companies then relieve one another according to roster, +a platoon of each company and an entire company, in turn, enjoying +comparative rest in the reserve trench even during the stay of the +battalion in the trenches. + + + + +EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. + + +The following is a description of the back areas of a divisional sector +in which there has been no great changes since 1915. There are still +several hundred miles of such sectors. + +The line at the top marks the beginning of the trench-system described +in Plate I. being the entrance to the communication trenches. + +Road a, b, with the river c, d, run at the bottom of a small valley +surrounded by hills of about 80 ft. elevation. A branch of the river +runs from c. to e. and a railroad beside it, along road h, i, and +crossing road j, k. A good size village is at D, a smaller one at C, +hamlets at A and B. The latter are about one mile back of the trenches, +village C. about two miles and village D. between three and four. + +Hamlets A and B have probably been heavily bombarded at the time line +was established and have been evacuated by the civilians. Village +C. has received shells, but, if there has been no big attack in the +sector, is in fair shape and some of the inhabitants remain. Village D. +may also have suffered from shells but probably most of the inhabitants +remain. Such villages may be clusters of farms or of cottages, +depending upon the region. If village is made up of cottages, farm +houses will be found along the roads at frequent intervals. The fields +are likely to be under cultivation almost as far as road k, l. + +Villages A, B, C are used to billet the battalion in reserve of each +brigade. Village D. and the nearest villages further back are used as +rest-billets by the battalions of the brigades who will relieve those +in the trenches. + +Near or in villages A, B and C or near hill E and G are located the +transports of the infantry battalions in the trenches. Supplies are +sent daily to the trenches from this headquarters of the quartermaster +and transport officer. + +Somewhere along road k, l, or about hills E and G are hidden in gun +pits the batteries of field artillery attached to the division. The men +live in dugouts alongside. The camps for the horses, wagons and supply +headquarters of these batteries are hidden in the woods or on the +further slopes of hills E, F, G. + +In village D are very likely located the Brigades' headquarters +and such services as the Field Ambulance and the Divisional Supply +Departments. The Y. M. C. A. recreation centers, divisional theatre, +football fields, army canteens etc., are also located in village D +or just back of it. If the houses in the villages do not provide +enough billets, huts and tents are erected. Otherwise the officers are +billeted in the houses of the inhabitants and the men in the barns. + +The Divisional Headquarters, the Ammunition Column, the Artillery +Brigade Headquarters, the Engineers, the Ammunition Dumps, etc., are +strung out in the villages and along the roads just back of village D. +The heavier artillery is also posted back of this line. + +In sectors that have been the scenes of offensives the several elements +remain in the same relation, but as the villages have been obliterated, +shelters must be provided. [The Editor.] + +[Illustration: PLATE I--DIVISION FRONT--4000 yards (Trench System)] + +[Illustration: PLATE II--DIVISION FRONT (Back Areas)] + + + + + * * * * * + + + + +Transcriber's note: + +Varied hyphenation was retained, for example as fire trench and +fire-trench, and counter attack, counterattack and counter-attack. + +Obvious punctuation errors were corrected. + +Page 3, Table of Contents, "74" changed to "73" to reflect the heading +of "THE CHARGE." + +Page 3, Table of Contents, "78" changed to "77" to reflect the heading +of "NIGHT ATTACKS." + +Page 3, Table of Contents, "74" changed to "83" to reflect the heading +of "THE COUNTER ATTACK." + +Page 7, "resourcefulnes" changed to "resourcefulness" (and +resourcefulness) + +Page 12, final item under "3.--On the day of the relief" was formatted +to match the rest of the items. In the original it was typeset as a +paragraph instead of as an item with a hanging indent. + +Page 26, "offlcers" changed to "officers" (many reserve officers) + +Page 56, "preceed" changed to "precede" (always precede a unit) + +Page 63, a footnote marker was added to the text (110 yards +intervals[G] between) + +Page 66, "controling" changed to "controlling" (the section leaders +controlling) + +Page 68, "controling" changed to "controlling" (commander controlling +the) + +Page 78, "or" changed to "of" (files on sides of) + +Page 87, "shapnel" changed to "shrapnel" (shrapnel shell, a time-fuse) + +Page 89, there is no question 43 on the list. This was retained as +printed. + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44370 *** diff --git a/44370-h/44370-h.htm b/44370-h/44370-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..d34efae --- /dev/null +++ b/44370-h/44370-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,3950 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Handy War Guide for My Company, by André Godefroy Lionel Hanguillart</title> + <style type="text/css"> + +body { + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + + h1,h2,h3,h4 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; +} + +p { + margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + text-indent: 1.25em; + margin-bottom: .75em; +} + + + .copyright {text-align: center; font-size: 70%;} + .sub {font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; text-align: left; margin-top: 2em; text-indent: -3em; margin-left: 3em;} + .author {font-size: 120%; text-align: center;} + .hang2 {text-indent: -3em; margin-left: 6em;} + .hang3 {text-indent: -1em; margin-left: 3em;} + + + .sig {margin-right: 10%; text-align: right;} + + + img {border: 0;} + .tnote {border: dashed 1px; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em; + padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;} + +hr { + width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; +} + +hr.chap {width: 65%} + +table { + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; +} + +.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; +} /* page numbers */ + + + +.blockquot { + margin-left: 5%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + + +.center {text-align: center;} + +.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + +.caption {font-weight: bold; font-size: 90%;} + +/* Images */ +.figcenter { + margin: auto; + text-align: center; +} + +/* Footnotes */ + .footnotes {border: dashed 1px;} + .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} + .fnanchor {vertical-align:baseline; + position: relative; + bottom: 0.33em; + font-size: .8em; + text-decoration: none;} + + hr.full { width: 100%; + margin-top: 3em; + margin-bottom: 0em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + height: 4px; + border-width: 4px 0 0 0; /* remove all borders except the top one */ + border-style: solid; + border-color: #000000; + clear: both; } + </style> +</head> +<body> +<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44370 ***</div> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, Handy War Guide for My Company, by André +Godefroy Lionel Hanguillart, Edited by Louis Joseph Alexandre Mercier, +Translated by Louis Joseph Alexandre Mercier</h1> +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<table border="0" style="background-color: #ccccff;margin: 0 auto;" cellpadding="10"> + <tr> + <td valign="top"> + Note: + </td> + <td> + Images of the original pages are available through + Internet Archive. See + <a href="https://archive.org/details/handywarguidefor00hang"> + https://archive.org/details/handywarguidefor00hang</a> + </td> + </tr> +</table> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 434px;"> +<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="434" height="800" alt="cover" /> +</div> +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span></p> + + + +<h1><small>HANDY</small><br /> +WAR GUIDE FOR<br /> +MY COMPANY</h1> + +<div class='center'> +Handy Company Commander's Guide<br /> +<br /> +Written at the front by<br /> +<br /> +<span class='author'><span class="smcap">Captain Hanguillart</span></span><br /> + +<i>of the French Army</i><br /> +<br /><br /><br /> +Translated and edited by<br /> +<br /> +<span class='author'><span class="smcap">Louis J. A. Mercier, A.M.</span></span><br /> +<br /> +<i>First Lieutenant, Harvard R. O. T. C.<br /> +Interpreter with British Expeditionary Force on the<br /> +French Front 1914-17.</i><br /> +<br /><br />————————<br /> +"<i>DASH UNDER DISCIPLINE</i>"<br /> +————————<br /><br /><br /> +Copyright, 1918<br /> +by<br /> +<small>R. D. CORTINA COMPANY.</small><br /> +<br /><br /> +<b>The Cortina Academy of Languages<br /> +New York<br /> +1918</b><br /> +</div> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>TABLE.</h2> + + + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td align="left">Preface</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_5">5</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><br /><b>Part I.</b><br /><b>Trench Life and Trench Warfare</b></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Taking over the Trenches</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_11">11</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Care and Improvement of the Trenches</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_14">14</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Watch from the Trenches</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_17">17</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Patrolling</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_22">22</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Interrogating Prisoners</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_25">25</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Devices to draw the Enemy's Fire</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_28">28</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">An Attack, the Repulse</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_32">32</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Counter-Attack</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_34">34</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Precautions against Enemy's Artillery</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_36">36</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Use of Trench Artillery</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_37">37</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Field Artillery Cooperation</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_39">39</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Daily Schedule</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_41">41</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Turning over the Trenches</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Out of the Trenches</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_44">44</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Topical Questions on Part I</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_46">46</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><br /><b>Part II.</b><br /><b>French Infantry Combat Principles.</b></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span>Open Warfare</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_53">53</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Approach</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_55">55</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Precautions against Silent Artillery</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_58">58</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Crossing a Bombarded Zone</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_59">59</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Use of Woods as Shelter</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_64">64</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">To Cross a Crest</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_65">65</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Fire Attack</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_69">69</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Precautions against Cavalry</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_65">65</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Termination of the Approach</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_67">67</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Use of Machine Guns</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_71">71</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Company Supports</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_72">72</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Companies in Support</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_73">73</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Charge and the Pursuit</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_73">73</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Attack of a Wood</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_75">75</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Attack of a Village</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_76">76</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Attack of a Defile</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_77">77</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Night Attacks</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_77">77</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Defense of Woods</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_80">80</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Defense of a Village</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_81">81</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Defense of a Defile</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_82">82</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Night Defense of a Position</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_83">83</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Counter Attack</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_83">83</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Topical Questions on Part II</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_86">86</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><br /><b><a href="#Appendix">Appendix</a></b><br /><b>A Division Front in Trench Warfare.</b></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#Page_99">The Trench System</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#Page_100">The Back Areas</a></td></tr> +</table></div> +<hr class="chap" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span></p> + + + + +<div class='copyright'> +<span class="smcap">Printed in the United States of America<br /> +By THE INTERNATIONAL PRESS<br /> +150 Lafayette Street<br /> +New York City</span><br /> +</div> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>PREFACE.</h2> + + +<p>The first part of Captain Hanguillart's +little book "<i>Petit Guide pratique +de Guerre pour ma compagnie</i>" +has been incorporated in the new +manuals of instruction published for +the young recruits of the French army +by the official military publishing +house "Librairie Militaire Berger-Levrault," +the editors of the "Annuaire +officiel de l'Armée."<a name="FNanchor_A_1" id="FNanchor_A_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_1" class="fnanchor">[A]</a></p> + +<p>Its special value comes from the +fact that it was written at the front +and is wholly based on the orders +which Captain Hanguillart drew up +for the instruction of his own company +and tested repeatedly through actual +experience.</p> + +<p>Thus its very omissions are significant.</p> + +<p>The text as it stands represents +essentials.</p> + +<p>Its every paragraph is a unit of tried +advice.</p> + +<p><b>It embodies the practical data that +has secured results.</b></p> + +<p><b>It sums up the cautions that have +saved lives.</b></p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span></p> + +<p>In the second part, Captain Hanguillart +has merely reproduced the +French Infantry Combat principles +long published in the official manual +for the instruction of platoon leaders.</p> + +<p>In presenting this little work, no +claim is made that it is adequate to +the complete instruction of company +commanders.</p> + +<div class='blockquot'>Its obvious supplements are such +works as: Colonel Paul Azan—<i>The +War of Position</i>.</div> + +<div class='blockquot'><i>The Army War College</i>—Translation +of the French Manual for Commanders +of Infantry Platoons.</div> + +<div class='blockquot'>Cole and Schoonmaker—<i>Military Instructors +Manual</i>.</div> + +<div class='blockquot'>Major J. A. Moss—<i>Manual of Military +Training</i>.</div> + +<div class='blockquot'><i>U. S. A. Infantry Drill Regulations.</i></div> + +<p>Captain Hanguillart's book should +be carefully compared with these. But +because of its peculiar origin it has +for the officer a value not possessed +by other books on this subject.</p> + +<p>It gives what a company commander +<b>actually found essential</b>.</p> + +<p>Furthermore, it corresponds to the +booklets published in France which are +placed in the hands of every recruit.</p> + +<p>Every officer should have full knowledge<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span> +of his specialty, but <b>every private</b> +should understand the essential concerns +of his officers so as to appreciate +orders the more readily.</p> + +<p>The army of democracy should be +an intelligent thinking army.</p> + +<p>Such little books have helped to give +the French poilu his famed self-reliance +and resourcefulness.</p> + +<p>It is the hope of the publishers that +this translation may help to do the +same for his American comrades.</p> + +<p>The publishers also believe that the +book offers just the information needed +by civilians to follow intelligently reports +of military operations and of +life at the front.</p> + +<p>The editor has felt it his duty in rearranging +the loose notes of Captain +Hanguillart to respect scrupulously +the text, though, at times, the best +way to do so was through a free translation.</p> + +<p>The paragraphs have been numbered +and questions and diagrams added to +facilitate assimilation.</p> + + +<div class='sig'>L.J.A.M.</div> +<p>Cambridge, Mass.</p> +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTE:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_A_1" id="Footnote_A_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_A_1">[A]</a> Cf Chapuis. <i>Instruction théorique +et générale du soldat pour la période +de guerre.</i> 27<sup>e</sup> édition, January 1917.</p></div></div> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a><br /><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span></p> + + +<h2> +Part I.<br /> +<br /> +Trench Life and Trench<br /> +Warfare.<br /> +</h2> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a><br /><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>TRENCH LIFE AND TRENCH +WARFARE.</h2> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + +<h2>TAKING OVER THE TRENCHES.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>1.—Leaving Billets.</div> + +<p>The battalions of a Brigade occupying +a given sector of the front are billeted +when out of the trenches, in the +villages closest to their sector. Cf. <a href="#Appendix">appendix</a>.</p> + +<p>When their turn comes to relieve the +battalions in the trenches, the officers +in charge should have the following +instructions carried out:</p> + + +<div class='sub'>2.—On the day before the relief make +sure:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>That the rifles, bayonets, etc., are in +good condition.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>That the ammunition and reserve +rations are supplied.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>That the equipment of every man is +complete.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>That all officers and N.C.O.'s watches +are set to division time.</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>3.—On the day of the relief, one hour +before departure:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Have rifles stacked and equipment +laid out outside the billets.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Make sure that nothing is left behind, +that premises are cleaned, all +rubbish burnt, and latrines filled.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Have rifles loaded and with the safety +lock turned to the safe.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Assign an energetic N. C. O. to act +as file closer of each platoon to +prevent straggling.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Call the roll and have it duly forwarded +to the company commander.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>4.—On the way to the trenches:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>If under fire, have units march at +proper intervals (Cf. <a href="#par_117">par. 117ff</a>.)</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Adopt marching order best suitable +to avoid blocking the road.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>At night do not allow smoking.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Exact silence when nearing the +trenches.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Take special precaution at all times +to maintain constant communication +between units, especially at +night and when crossing woods.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>If enemy aeroplanes appear, stop +and keep out of sight as much as +possible. (Cf. <a href="#par_120">par. 120</a>.)</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>5.—On reaching the trenches:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>The relief should be completed in +silence—without hurry.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Carefully ascertain the orders of the +battalion relieved.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Check up and assign to each unit the +supplies taken over.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Requisition at once additional supplies +and ammunition wanted.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Each platoon should be assigned its +special duties, the duty roster +drawn up for all sentry and patrol +duties, details, etc.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Have all the men locate the enemy +trench as they come on duty and +give them the range.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Inspect the dugouts and assign them.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Forbid all digging under the parapet.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Inspect the latrines. Give strict order +that small amount of dirt be +thrown in after use and that lime +be sprinkled in daily.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>See that the men are provided with +ammunition.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Communication should be insured +between the various units to the +right and left and with the rear.</div> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CARE AND IMPROVEMENT OF +THE TRENCHES.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>6.—Improvements:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Investigate the work under way for +the improvement of defense and +prepare plans for further work if +necessary.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Obvious improvements are: making +additional communication trenches, +repairing or completing shelters, +listening posts, mining tunnels, +wire entanglements.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>7.—Ammunition shelters:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>See that there are a sufficient number +of shelters for rifle ammunition, +grenades, rockets and other +supplies.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>8.—Loopholes and Parapet:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Ascertain the conditions of all the +loopholes and have them repaired +if need be. (They should cut the +parapet diagonally and be concealed +in every way possible with +vegetation, branches, and the opening +blocked when not in use.)</div> + +<div class='hang2'><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span></div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Have all damages to the parapet and +to the ground underneath quickly +attended to.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>See that in each section there are +small ladders to permit of easy +access to the top of the parapet.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>See that means are provided to fire +above the parapet in case of an +attack.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>9.—Drainage:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Attend carefully to the drainage. +Have the trench bottom kept convex +with small gutters on either +side running into pits lined with +gabions. If trench bottom is lined +with board walks, keep it in repair. +Have water pits emptied if +necessary.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>10.—Sanitation:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Have latrines kept in perfect sanitary +order.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Have them filled up and others dug +<b>if need be</b>.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Have all rubbish collected and carried +out.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>11.—Precautions against capture of +fire-trench.</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Prepare for the obstruction of the +communicating trenches in case<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span> +the enemy should capture the +fire trench: Have piles of sand +bags above the entrance of each +trench ready to be dumped into it. +Have chevaux de frise lined up on +one parapet of the trench and all +held up in such a way by a single +wire that when the wire is cut +they will fall into the trench. +Mines can also be prepared to blow +up the trench when invaded. The +communicating trench between +the fire trench and the listening +post should be covered with barbed +wire screens or be tunnelled.</div> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>THE WATCH FROM THE +TRENCHES.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>12.—Trench Warfare an outpost duty.</div> + +<p>Trench warfare, the inevitable form +of modern warfare, is a continuous series +of outpost duty. Hence it is based +wholly on eternal vigilance. The patrols +correspond to the scouts; the listening +posts to the sentinels; the firing +trench to the outguards; the cover +trench to the supports. The safety of +the sector depends entirely on the vigilance +of the advanced elements and +the rapidity with which supports and +the reserves can be summoned.</p> + +<p>Watching is thus the fundamental +duty in trench warfare.</p> + +<p>The following points should be kept +in mind:</p> + + + + +<h3>AT ALL TIMES</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>13.—Number of men in the fire trench.</div> + +<p>There must be as many sentinels in +each section as is necessary to cover +completely the sector to be watched, no +more, no less, each sentinel being given<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span> +the exact limits (such as tree, copse, +post, etc.) at each end of the line he +should watch.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>14.—Fix bayonets.</div> + +<p>The men on duty should have bayonets +fixed as, in case of a possible surprise, +they are needed for defense. +Otherwise too, fixing bayonets would +be an indication to the enemy of an impending +raid.</p> + + + + +<h3>DURING THE DAY.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'><a id="par_15"></a>15.—Observation of open terrain.</div> + +<p>When the terrain opposite is open +country, the necessary observation may +be done by the smallest possible number +of men. Fire only, if any of the +enemy are sighted. Then, have two +rounds fired, then three. But keep fire +under strict control. (If enemy continues +to approach. Cf. <a href="#par_52">par. 52</a> ff.)</p> + + +<div class='sub'>16.—Observation of covered terrain.</div> + +<p>When the terrain is covered (high +brush wood, copses, trees, etc.) a sharpshooter +in each section should fire occasionally +into the trees, etc., which +may be observation or sharpshooters' +posts but this should not be overdone.</p> + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3>AT NIGHT.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>17.—Double sentinels.</div> + +<p>Post double sentinels in each section, +each man watching in turn, the other +resting but within call.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>18.—Silence.</div> + +<p>They should refrain from making the +least noise so as to hear and not be +heard.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>19.—No firing when fired upon.</div> + +<p>There should be no firing when the +enemy fires since when the enemy fires, +he does not advance.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>20.—Look and listen.</div> + +<p>They should keep a sharp lookout +but listen even more attentively.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>21.—In the listening posts.</div> + +<p>Sentinels in the listening posts +should listen especially for the noise of +crushed branches, stirring leaves, slight +noise of arms or utensils.</p> + +<p>If enemy is detected, these sentinels +should hasten back to fire trench to +give the alarm quietly so that the +enemy may be surprised.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span></p> + +<p>They should fire only if they are +themselves caught unawares.</p> + +<p>Listening posts should not be too +numerous, about two per battalion.</p> + +<p>If there are no listening posts, patrols +should be sent out to favorable spots +especially at sundown and before sunrise.</p> + + +<div class='sub'><a id="par_22"></a>22.—Enemy sighted or heard, fire.</div> + +<p>If the night is clear and the terrain +is open, proceed as during the day: If +the enemy is sighted or heard, fire in +short volleys. In case of doubt throw +grenades with the first volley.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>23.—Otherwise no firing.</div> + +<p>Otherwise, absolute silence should be +observed. No firing whatever.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>24.—Unless night is dark.</div> + +<p>If the night is dark, to avoid surprise, +keep up firing: One man per section +should fire in turn, from time to +time varying the direction.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>25.—Digging by enemy.</div> + +<p>If digging by the enemy is reported, +cease firing. Have it located, throw +bombs followed by volleys. Notify +sappers for counter mining.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>26.—Watch for light of enemy's fire.</div> + +<p>If enemy fires, note where light appears.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>27.—Posting of sharpshooters.</div> + +<p>Locate sharpshooters in advantageous +posts behind the trenches (trees, +etc.). Have them fire into the enemy's +listening posts and into the enemy's +trench, especially wherever light appears. +These posts should not be occupied +during the day.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>28.—Patrols.</div> + +<p>Send out patrols, stationary or mobile.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>PATROLLING.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>29.—Functions of Patrols.</div> + +<p>The aim: to supplement the work +of the listening posts and of the sentinels +through more forward observation. +To discover the movements and +the operations of the enemy. To locate +his emplacements.</p> + +<p>To keep in close touch with the enemy +so as to take advantage of his possible +weaknesses: lack of watchfulness, of +ammunition, of sufficient troops. To +verify, repair and complete advance defences. +To get the exact range of +enemy's positions. To bring back +prisoners.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>30.—Time to patrol.</div> + +<p>Patrols should be on duty through +the night but be specially watchful before +sunrise.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>31.—Assignment of patrol duty.</div> + +<p>N. C. O. and men should be assigned +to patrol duty by roster or as volunteers. +In the former case, if there is<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span> +reason to think that a patrol has not +done its best to secure information, the +same men should be sent out again.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>32.—Sentinels should know about patrols.</div> + +<p>Neighboring companies should be +notified of the departure, route and +probable time of return of patrols. If +several patrols are sent out at the same +time they should know one another's +itinerary.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>33.—Dress and equipment of patrols.</div> + +<p>The men (3 to 5 commanded by N. +C. O.) should carry no impediments +and their dress should not interfere +with ease of movements: sweaters +should be worn instead of overcoats. +The woolen cap or comforter should be +worn as they cover most of the face. +Slits should be cut for the ears that +hearing be not interfered with. The +helmet should always be worn over +comforter. Also dark gloves to hide +the hands. No equipment save the +rifle, the bayonet fixed or carried in +the hand, (no bayonet scabbard), a +few hand grenades.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>34.—Method of advance.</div> + +<p>Patrols should crawl forward or advance +by short dashes, silently, stop +often and for long periods, listen intently.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>35.—Under flare light.</div> + +<p>If the enemy sends up lighting rockets +(flares) or fires volleys, lie flat on +the ground until he stops.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>36.—Against an hostile patrol.</div> + +<p>If a small hostile patrol approaches, +do the same, throw a stone or two so +as to turn its attention away and take +advantage of this to surprise it. If men +of enemy's patrol give the alarm, kill +them—lie flat on ground during enemy's +volleys which will follow. Then +strip bodies of distinctive uniform +badges, and search for papers, etc. +Otherwise bring men back as prisoners.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>37.—Need of initiative.</div> + +<p>Patrols should exercise initiative, +take advantage of circumstances, in devising +ways of bringing back the greatest +possible amount of useful information.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>INTERROGATING PRISONERS.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>38.—Information from prisoners.</div> + +<p>One of the chief aims of patrolling +is to bring back prisoners from whom +information may be gathered.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>39.—Its use by General Staff.</div> + +<p>The General Staff is interested to +know the nationality, the division, the +age, etc. of prisoners captured in a given +sector.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>40.—Its use by company commander.</div> + +<p>But these are of little value to the +battalion or company commander. +Hence, when possible, they should ask +the prisoners questions more pertinent +to the organization of the enemy sector +opposite:</p> + + +<div class='sub'>41.—Questions to ask.</div> + +<p>How strongly are your various lines +held?</p> + +<p>Where are the C. O. Post and the +officers' dugouts?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span></p> + +<p>When and by what routes are the +reliefs made, how often and on what +days and at what time. Ask the same +questions for the fatigues.</p> + +<p>At what time are rations brought or +served?</p> + +<p>What is the actual muster of the +company?</p> + +<p>How many regular army officers, +how many reserve officers? What do +the men think of their officers?</p> + +<p>How many advanced posts? How +many men in each, by day and by +night? Do they have grenades and +how are they relieved?</p> + +<p>How many men are sent out on patrol, +how often, at what time, by what +route coming and going? How are they +dressed and armed? What are their +instructions?</p> + +<p>What does the enemy know about +our own patrols?</p> + +<p>Are snipers placed in trees during +the day and at night? If so, what trees +are used. What parts of our sectors +can they see?</p> + +<p>Are they planning any raids? Do +they anticipate raids by us?</p> + +<p>What work are they carrying on during +the day and at night?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span></p> + +<p>Have they any idea of our own activities?</p> + +<p>What is the nature and the location +of their accessory defences?</p> + +<p>What is the location of their machine +guns, trench mortars?</p> + +<p>Have they any asphyxiating gas or +liquid fire apparatus?</p> + +<p>Have they abundant supplies of hand +grenades, etc., etc.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>DEVICES TO DRAW THE +ENEMY'S FIRE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>42.—To make enemy waste ammunition.</div> + +<p>Any devices which lead the enemy to +waste ammunition or to expose themselves +is a clear gain.</p> + +<p>Many may be readily devised and +officers and men should be encouraged +to do so. The following have often +proved successful:</p> + + +<div class='sub'>43.—Pretend abandoning trench.</div> + +<p>Remain absolutely quiescent during +several days. This may lead the enemy +to send out patrols or raiding parties +which may be the more surely destroyed. +They should be allowed to approach +to the wire entanglements before +a shot is fired.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>44.—Pretend a raid.</div> + +<p>On dark nights, have all firing stop. +Throw stones by hand or with slings, +a dozen at a time toward the enemy's +trench. This will lead him to fire repeated<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span> +volleys and waste ammunition +in his fear of an attack, especially if +the trenches are in wooded terrain and +there are leaves on the ground. Repeat +several times during the night.</p> + +<p>Patrols may also tie strings to the +enemy's barb wire. On dark nights +pulling on the string may lead the +enemy to fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>45.—Use decoys.</div> + +<p>Decoys may be arranged in trees or +stuck up momentarily over the parapet. +They will draw the enemy's fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>46.—Pretend a fire attack.</div> + +<p>If the enemy's trenches are near +enough for the sound to carry, whistles +may be blown all along the line before +a volley. They may be blown again +after the command to omit the volley. +The enemy may continue to fire indefinitely.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>47.—Watch out for enemy's ruses.</div> + +<p>Let the aim of all these devices be +to make the enemy waste ammunition +and to save your own. On the other +hand, the enemy is likely to attempt +like ruses and many others which are +not permissible such as the use of white<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span> +flags or raising hands to indicate pretended +surrender.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>48.—His use of blank cartridges.</div> + +<p>A legitimate ruse, of which the enemy +is fond and which should be guarded +against, consists in their firing blank +cartridges to mask an advance of their +men. It is clear that men do not advance +while bullets are fired from +their own trenches. Nor does one fire +in retaliation until the enemy's fire +ceases. A little attention will be sufficient +to spoil this plan as, when only +blank cartridges are fired, no bullets +will whiz by. As long as the enemy +fires blank cartridges, withhold your +own fire, be on guard against the appearance +of patrols and be ready to +receive them when they draw near.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>49.—His use of flares.</div> + +<p>In case the enemy sends up flares, +patrols should lie flat and motionless +till after the volley which often follows. +The sentinels in the fire trench should +note spot where flare was sent up and +abstain from firing unless enemy is +sighted out of his trenches.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>50.—His machine guns.</div> + +<p>If a machine gun opens fire from the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span> +trench opposite, try to locate it through +the light and sound at night, through +sound and actual sight during the day.</p> + +<p>Fire a converging volley of two +rounds in its direction, and repeat, but +not over six rounds if unsuccessful.</p> + +<p>At the same time let trench mortars +fire bombs in the same direction.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>51.—His field and trench artillery fire.</div> + +<p>If enemy's artillery fires upon +trenches (Cf. <a href="#par_69">par. 69</a> ff.)</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>AN ATTACK.</h2> + + +<h2>THE REPULSE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'><a id="par_52"></a>52.—A threatened raid.</div> + +<p>As has been stated (<a href="#par_15">par. 15</a> and <a href="#par_22">22</a>) +in case enemy patrols approach, volleys +of two, then of three rounds +should be fired. Keep cool. Do not +fire prematurely.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>53.—Fire above parapet.</div> + +<p>The firing should be done over the +parapet and not through the loopholes.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>54.—When alarm is given.</div> + +<p>If the sentinels report that an attack +is developing, every one on duty takes +his post.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>55.—Flares.</div> + +<p>Flares are sent up from each section.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>56.—Trench Mortars.</div> + +<p>Trench mortars fire bombs with the +first volley.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>57.—How to repulse an attack.</div> + +<p>If the attack materializes, repeat<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span> +volleys and trench mortar discharge +and open fire with the machine guns.</p> + +<p>(On dark nights, in covered terrain, +the machine guns should be fired with +the first volley.)</p> + + +<div class='sub'>58.—Use of hand grenades.</div> + +<p>Hand grenades should be thrown as +soon as the enemy is within 30 yards.</p> + +<p>The grenadiers of the odd number +squads should aim to throw their grenades +upon the assailants while those +of the even number squads should try +to establish a barrage by throwing behind +the assailants.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>59.—Use of trench mortars.</div> + +<p>The trench mortars are aimed at the +enemy's trench.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>60.—Use of the machine guns.</div> + +<p>The machine guns fire directly at +the assailants, with slight differences +in height of aim, (knee high, waist +high, etc.) according to the directions +previously given to each man.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>61.—Fire Control.</div> + +<p>Carefully keep fire rifle under control +and avoid wasting ammunition.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span></p> + +<p>Never fire without aiming. If the +ground ahead is flat, aim waist-high; +if it slopes down, aim close to the soil; +if it slopes up, aim at height of chest.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>62.—Repulse with the bayonet.</div> + +<p>If some of the enemy reach the +trench, dispose of them with the bayonet.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>63.—Save ammunition.</div> + +<p>Cease firing and abstain from further +firing as soon as the attack is repulsed.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE COUNTER ATTACK.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>64.—Immediate.</div> + +<p>It should follow immediately upon +the successful repulse of the attack.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>65.—Counter attack formation.</div> + +<p>It should be developed in the following +formation:</p> + +<p>1st. Grenadiers armed only with a +bayonet, a bowie knife, a revolver and +a full stock of grenades. With them +a few men with pliers for wire cutting.</p> + +<p>2nd. Next a skirmish line of riflemen +with a full supply of ammunition.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span></p> + +<p>3rd. Lastly, a line of men with entrenching +tools.<a name="FNanchor_B_2" id="FNanchor_B_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_2" class="fnanchor">[B]</a></p> + + +<div class='sub'>66.—Method of advance.</div> + +<p>Proceed by short leaps making use +of available protection and crawl flat +on the ground in approaching the enemy's +trench.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>67.—Capture of the enemy's fire trench.</div> + +<p>After the defenders in the fire trench +are killed, jump in, throw bombs into +the dugouts, pursue the enemy into the +support and communication trenches.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>68.—Organize it against the enemy.</div> + +<p>Let then the engineers block up to +the right and left the captured trench +and organize it rapidly against the +enemy, making it face about (through +changing the parados into a parapet). +The enemy is pursued as far as possible +and kept away while fatigue parties +from the rear bring up all necessary +ammunition, sand bags, barbed wire, +etc., carrying back all the captured +enemy material. Other fatigue parties +start at once to connect the former fire +trench with the captured trench by +communication trenches.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTE:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_B_2" id="Footnote_B_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_B_2">[B]</a> Modifications of this formation have since +been adopted. Cf. Works cited in preface.</p></div></div> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span></p> + + + +<h2>CONCERNING ARTILLERY.</h2> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>PRECAUTIONS AGAINST ENEMY'S +ARTILLERY.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'><a id="par_69"></a>69.—Artillery Bombardment.</div> + +<p>Whether preliminary to, in connection +with, or independent of an infantry +attack, the enemy may make use of his +artillery.</p> + +<p>This bombardment may be directed +against the fire trench or back of the +fire-trench.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>70.—Case I.—Bombardment of the Fire +Trench.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>71.—All in shelter except sentinels.</div> + +<p>Leave in the fire trench the necessary +sentinels.</p> + +<p>Station all the other men in the shelters +of the support trench, or along the +communication trench, if there are no +shelters, but fully equipped and ready +to jump to their places in the fire trench +as soon as the enemy's artillery fire +will stop or lengthen to allow his infantry +to advance.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>72.—Fire to impede observation.</div> + +<p>All through the bombardment, the +sentinels should fire at all objects in +the distance which may be used as observation +posts. The machine guns +should cooperate with a slow sweeping +fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>73.—Case II.—Bombardment back of +Fire Trench.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>74.—Watch for infantry attack.</div> + +<p>All should stand to in the fire trench +watching for a possible infantry attack +and for a possible shortening of the +enemy's bombardment. If it occurs, +proceed as in Case I.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>75.—Prevent observation.</div> + +<p>Fire against possible observation +posts as in Case I.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>USE OF TRENCH ARTILLERY.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>76.—Use with a purpose.</div> + +<p>Whatever trench artillery appliances +are provided, bomb-throwers, trench +mortars, catapults, etc., they should +never be used hap-hazard, but always +with great deliberation and forethought.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span></p> + +<p>Have a distinct end in view and +watch for the best opportunity to attain +it.</p> + +<p>Such definite aims may be: to interfere +with a relief, a fatigue, a trench +construction or repair, to destroy accessory +defences, etc.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>77.—Keep it ready.</div> + +<p>Let the mortars, etc., be kept loaded +and trained on the target selected, +ready to be fired instantly. The crews +should be near at hand and a sentinel +posted to watch for a favorable opportunity.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>78.—Save ammunition.</div> + +<p>Until this opportunity occurs, do not +fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>79.—Have several emplacements.</div> + +<p>Several emplacements should be provided +so that mortars, etc., may be removed +as soon as they have obtained +desired results or been located by the +enemy.</p> + +<p>The trench mortar commander +should make it his business to study +carefully all possibilities for effective +emplacements and should inspire his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span> +men to be alert and quick to improve +opportunities.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>80.—Use of machine guns.</div> + +<p>The machine guns should likewise +be handled as a mobile weapon and not +be used merely from elaborate carefully +concealed emplacements commanding +otherwise uncovered ground or enfilading +communication trenches, etc.<a name="FNanchor_C_3" id="FNanchor_C_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_C_3" class="fnanchor">[C]</a></p> + + +<div class='sub'>81.—Use of hand grenades.</div> + +<p>Hand grenades may be listed as +trench artillery. The temptation is to +use them too freely. Like other ammunition +they should never be wasted +and always used with a definite aim.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTE:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_C_3" id="Footnote_C_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_C_3">[C]</a> Captain Hanguillart treats this important +subject very summarily. Cf. Cole +& Schoonmaker's Military Instructor's +Manual p. 319. He also barely mentions +Gas attacks. Cf. very complete treatment in +same work, p. 356 to 370.</p></div></div> + + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<h2>FIELD ARTILLERY COOPERATION.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>82.—Communications with the artillery.</div> + +<p>Should be permanent so that it may +cooperate whether to repulse an enemy's +attack, to silence his artillery, to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span> +damage his defences or to prepare and +protect an attack or a counter attack.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>83.—Observations posts.</div> + +<p>To avoid a waste of ammunition, and +attain the desired result as well as to +prevent the artillery fire from falling +short upon one's own trenches, artillery +observation posts should be provided +in the fire trench or at one of +the outposts.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>84.—Artillery fire falling short.</div> + +<p>In case artillery fire does fall short +upon one's own trenches, communicate +at once with artillery commander and +proceed as when bombarded by enemy. +(Cf. <a href="#par_69">69</a> ff.)</p> + + +<div class='sub'>85.—Artillery preparation of infantry +attack.</div> + +<p>Special caution should be exercised +in the case of a raid against the enemy's +trench. Make sure that the artillery +preparation has secured the desired +result. Synchronize carefully the +infantry advance and the lengthening +of the artillery fire.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>DAILY SCHEDULE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>86.—Rosters and schedules.</div> + +<p>Throughout the stay in the trenches, +the various fatigues should be assigned +by roster and carried out according to +schedule. The following schedule has +been found practical:</p> + + + + +<h3>7 A.M. (6 A.M. in summer).</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>87.—Cleaning of trenches.</div> + +<p>Have trenches cleaned of all rubbish, +latrines disinfected, drinking water supplied.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>88.—Collecting of broken equipment.</div> + +<p>All cartridge shells, broken tools, etc. +should be collected.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>89.—Requisition Report.</div> + +<p>A list of the supplies and ammunition +needed should be drawn up.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>90.—Report on night activities.</div> + +<p>Full report should be brought to the +company commander, covering the +work of the patrols and of the fatigue +parties, and giving full details of all +that has happened during the night.</p> + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>91.—Report on casualties.</div> + +<p>Also the list of casualties in the last +twelve hours with full names and nature +of wound if possible.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>92.—Disposal of property of dead and +wounded.</div> + +<p>The arms and complete equipment +of the wounded should be sent out with +them. The arms and equipment of the +killed should be sent to the battalion +commander. Their personal effects; +money, papers, letters, etc., should be +carefully collected, listed, and sent to +the sergeant-major.</p> + + + + +<h3>8 A.M.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>93.—Sick Parade.</div> + +<p>The men able to walk are taken to +the doctor's dugout by an N.C.O.</p> + + + + +<h3>4 P.M.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>94.—Assignment of patrols.</div> + +<p>Assign night patrols from roster. +Point out itinerary while light permits. +Have neighbouring sectors advised of +same.</p> + + + +<h3>(8. P.M.)</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>95.—Inspections.</div> + +<p>Inspection of sentinels in fire trench. +Inspection of ammunition supplies.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>TURNING OVER THE +TRENCHES.</h2> + + + + +<h3>THE RELIEF.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>96.—In the afternoon and in each section:</div> + +<p>Have all the tools and supplies collected +and list drawn up ready to hand +over to successor against receipt for +same.</p> + +<p>Inspect equipment of men that they +may be taken out completely.</p> + +<p>Check up exact itinerary of relief in +and out.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>97.—At the time of relief:</div> + +<p>Have rifles inspected and emptied.</p> + +<p>Give strict orders for silence.</p> + +<p>Follow same marching order as when +coming in.</p> + +<p>Have officer march in rear.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>98.—On reaching billets.</div> + +<p>Have the roll called and sent to the +officer of the day.</p> + +<p>Have rifles inspected.</p> + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3>THE DAY AFTER THE RELIEF.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>99.—Replace equipment.</div> + +<p>Have all arms cleaned and oiled.</p> + +<p>Have broken arms turned in and +others issued.</p> + +<p>Inspect shoes, clothes, equipment, +tools, and replace when needed.</p> + +<p>Have special inspection of gas-masks +and replace if needed.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>100.—Sanitation.</div> + +<p>Have underwear washed, and personal +cleanliness attended to, baths, +hair-cuts, etc.</p> + +<p>Have premises kept clean and latrines +disinfected daily.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>OUT OF THE TRENCHES.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>101.—Specialists' Instruction.</div> + +<p>While in rest billets: Have all specialists' +instruction continued: sharpshooters, +bomb-throwers, signallers, +etc.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>102.—Bayonet exercises.</div> + +<p>Should be given special attention.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>103.—Close and extended order drill</div> + +<p>and marching give the men needed +exercise.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>104.—Relaxation.</div> + +<p>should also be provided: in the form +of games, contests, entertainments, etc. +They help to keep the men "fit."</p> + + +<div class='sub'>105.—Efficiency.</div> + +<p>The company commander should +make it is his constant concern that +his men be kept at the highest possible +point of efficiency.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>QUESTIONS.</h2> + + +<blockquote> + +<p>The following questions are topical. Supplements +to the answers found in this book +should be looked for in the larger works +referred to in the preface.</p></blockquote> + + +<h3>Trench Life and Trench Warfare.</h3> + +<p>1.—What inspections should be +made on the day before the relief?</p> + +<p>2.—State orders to be issued one +hour before departure.</p> + +<p>3.—What may be the marching orders, +on the way to the trenches?</p> + +<p>4.—Describe precautions to be +taken against enemy's fire, against +aeroplanes.</p> + +<p>5.—What other precautions should +be taken?</p> + +<p>6.—What should the company +commander attend to on reaching the +trenches?</p> + +<p>7.—What possible improvements of +trenches are obviously called for?</p> + +<p>8.—What special attention should +be given the parapet?</p> + +<p>9.—Give rules for drainage and +sanitation.</p> + +<p>10.—What precautions may be +taken against capture of fire-trench?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span></p> + +<p>11.—What does trench warfare correspond +to in open warfare?</p> + +<p>12.—What does the safety of a sector +depend on?</p> + +<p>13.—What is the fundamental duty +in trench warfare?</p> + +<p>14.—What rule determines the number +of men to be posted in the fire-trench?</p> + +<p>15.—Sum up their orders about firing +before open terrain, before covered +terrain.</p> + +<p>16.—What is meant by double sentinels?</p> + +<p>17.—Why is listening attentively even +more important than keeping a sharp +look out?</p> + +<p>18.—Why should the sentinels refrain +from answering the enemy's fire?</p> + +<p>19.—What is expected of the men in +the listening posts?</p> + +<p>20.—When should the sentinels fire +on a clear night? When, on a dark +night?</p> + +<p>21.—What should the sentinels do, if +they hear the enemy's digging?</p> + +<p>22.—When and where are sharpshooters +posted and what is their duty?</p> + +<p>23.—What information may patrols +bring back?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span></p> + +<p>24.—When should patrols be sent +out and how should they be assigned?</p> + +<p>25.—What should the sentinels along +a sector know about the patrols, and +the several possible patrols know about +one another?</p> + +<p>26.—Describe dress and equipment +of men on patrols.</p> + +<p>27.—Describe their method of advance.</p> + +<p>28.—What should they do on encountering +a hostile patrol?</p> + +<p>29.—What should be the motto of +men on patrol?</p> + +<p>30.—What are some of the most +useful informations about the enemy, +you should try to obtain?</p> + +<p>31.—What motto should you have +about ammunition?</p> + +<p>32.—Describe several ways of leading +enemy to waste ammunition.</p> + +<p>33.—What is the distinction between +legitimate and illegitimate ruses?</p> + +<p>34.—On what principle is the enemy's +ruse of the use of blank cartridges +based?</p> + +<p>35.—How may this ruse be foiled?</p> + +<p>36.—What should the sentinels, and +what should the men on patrol do, +when the enemy sends up flares?</p> + +<p>37.—How should the enemy's machine +gun fire be answered?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span></p> + + +<p>An Enemy's Attack.</p> + +<p>38.—Describe procedure when enemy's +patrols are sighted by sentinels +and when an attack develops.</p> + +<p>39.—When are the trench mortars +and the machine guns fired?</p> + +<p>40.—How are hand grenades +thrown?</p> + +<p>41.—Where should the rifle fire be +aimed?</p> + +<p>42.—When are bayonets used?</p> + +<p>43.—Is it sufficient to repulse an +attack?</p> + +<p>44.—What formation should be +adopted for the counter attack?</p> + +<p>45.—How is the advance made and +the counter attack carried out?</p> + +<p>46.—Describe what is meant by organization +of a newly conquered +trench.</p> + +<p>47.—What should be done, if the +enemy bombards the fire-trench?</p> + +<p>48.—What should the sentinels do?</p> + +<p>49.—What should be done if the +bombardment is back of the fire-trench?</p> + +<p>50.—What general rule applies to +the use of all trench artillery?</p> + +<p>51.—What are its ordinary objectives?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span></p> + +<p>52.—How are trench mortars handled?</p> + +<p>53.—What is meant by calling +trench-artillery mobile weapons?</p> + +<p>54.—Give a general caution for the +use of all ammunition.</p> + +<p>55.—What is essential to secure effective +artillery fire?</p> + +<p>56.—What should be done if one's +own artillery fire falls short upon one's +own trenches?</p> + +<p>57.—How is coordination between +artillery and infantry secured in case +of a raid?</p> + +<p>58.—What are the principal items +of the morning schedule, of the afternoon +schedule?</p> + +<p>59.—Describe the preparations for +leaving the trenches.</p> + +<p>60.—What orders are given at the +time of relief?</p> + +<p>61.—What is done before the men +are dismissed to their billets?</p> + +<p>62.—How should the days in rest +billets be utilized?</p> + +<p>63.—Describe a typical day in the +trenches.</p> + +<p>64.—Describe a typical day in rest +billets.</p> + +<p>65.—What should be the supreme +aim alike of men and officers?</p> + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2> +Part II.<br /> +<br /> +French Infantry Combat<br /> +Principles.<br /> +</h2> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a><br /><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>FRENCH INFANTRY COMBAT +PRINCIPLES.</h2> + + + + +<h2>OPEN WARFARE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>106.—Is open warfare probable?</div> + +<p>It is improbable that in this war +trench warfare will definitely give place +on all sectors of the front to open warfare.</p> + +<p>But the tactics that have forced several +retirements will force others.</p> + +<p>If sufficient troops are available, +tried and fit and resolute, with the necessary +quantities of ammunition and +improved artillery, we shall see German +arrogance and brutality in victory +become again cringing fear and demoralization +in defeat; the experience of +the Marne will be repeated and the +invaders will be driven out of the territory +they swarmed over through +treacherous breaking of treaties.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>107.—The need of training in Infantry +Combat Principles.</div> + +<p>That day the infantry will come<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span> +again unto its own and its dash and +resolution will insure victory.</p> + +<p>To achieve it, it must be a well trained +infantry, in the old sense of the +word. Officers, non-commissioned officers +and men must have a thorough +and practical knowledge of Infantry +Combat Principles.</p> + +<p>These should be practiced in the intervals +of trench service when the battalion +is in rest billets.</p> + +<p>Their theory should be thoroughly +mastered by all on whom may devolve +responsibility.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>108.—The two phases of the Combat.</div> + +<p>We shall study here the two principal +phases of the combat: the approach +and the attack, from the point of view +of the company commander.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>109.—The Defense.</div> + +<p>We shall also consider the Combat +from the standpoint of the Defense.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>THE APPROACH.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>110.—All maneuvering at close range +impossible.</div> + +<p>In the attack, the infantry can proceed +only straight ahead. Under infantry +fire all maneuvering is impossible. +Therefore by "approach" is +meant all maneuvering preparatory +to the attack: It brings the troops +directly in front of and as near as possible +to the objective.</p> + + + + +<h3>PRELIMINARY DISPOSITIONS TO +START THE APPROACH.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>111.—The orders to attack.</div> + +<p>The company commander will receive +his orders from the battalion +commander.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>112.—Equipment and Liaison.</div> + +<p>In the meanwhile let the lieutenants:</p> + + + +<div class='hang3'>a) make sure that the men are fully +equipped and provided with full +allotment of ammunition;</div> + +<div class='hang3'>b) appoint and parade connecting +files (runners) to await orders.</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>113.—Distribution of Orders.</div> + +<p>The company commander having +received his orders from the battalion +commander, will then call his subordinates +and issue his own orders accordingly, +including the formation to +be adopted.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>114.—Combat patrols.</div> + +<p>He will make sure that there are +combat patrols on the exposed flank or +flanks and to the front and rear if +need be.</p> + +<p>It is well to have combat patrols +detach automatically. It may be understood, +once for all, that, without +further orders, the first squad will +cover in front, the second to the right, +the third to the left, the fourth to the +rear, whenever needed. Still, the officer +in charge should make sure that this +arrangement is carried out.</p> + +<p>A combat patrol, if not a full advance +guard, will thus always precede a unit +and be the first to take contact with +the enemy.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>115.—Officers as guides.</div> + +<p>The officers serve as guides to their +units, until deployment, a mounted officer +in liaison with the advance guard<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span> +or advanced combat patrol checking up +the itinerary.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>116.—Keep Close Order as long as possible.</div> + +<p>The advance of a company into an +engagement is conducted in close order, +preferably columns of squads, until +possible observation by the enemy +or encountering of hostile fire makes it +advisable to deploy.</p> + +<p>Deployment should not be premature +and should always follow upon the +conditions arising during the progress +of the advance.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>PRECAUTIONS AGAINST +HOSTILE ARTILLERY.</h2> + + + + +<h3>AGAINST SILENT ARTILLERY.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'><a id="par_117"></a>117.—Nearing artillery which may +open fire.</div> + +<p>About two or three miles from the +positions liable to be occupied by the +enemy's field artillery, precautions +should be taken against the possibility +of its opening fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>118.—Deployment.</div> + +<p>Deployments should be adopted best +suited to escape observation:</p> + + +<div class='sub'>119.—To escape direct observation:</div> + +<p>March in single or double file, the +whole section<a name="FNanchor_D_4" id="FNanchor_D_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_D_4" class="fnanchor">[D]</a> keeping closed up so as +to diminish the number of files seen +from the front.</p> + + +<div class='sub'><a id="par_120"></a>120.—Under aeroplane observation:</div> + +<p>Avoid especially the center of roads +as they show white, utilize on the contrary<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span> +the spaces between cultivated +fields of different colors, make use of +all possible cover, trees, shrubs, ditches, +embankments. Always walk in +the shade when possible. If hostile +aeroplanes are flying low, halt and lie +down on left side, hiding face in elbow.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTE:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_D_4" id="Footnote_D_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_D_4">[D]</a> The French "section" comprises 54 men. +It is thus equivalent to 7 squads, and may +be considered as 2 platoons.</p></div></div> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + +<h2>CROSSING A BOMBARDED ZONE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>121.—Case I. Artillery opening fire to +register.</div> + +<p>A registering fire is easily recognized +as the German artillery registers either +with a single percussion shell at a time, +or with two time-shells at three seconds +interval.</p> + +<p>In the German field gun, the setting +of the angle of sight<a name="FNanchor_E_5" id="FNanchor_E_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_E_5" class="fnanchor">[E]</a> and of the elevation<a name="FNanchor_F_6" id="FNanchor_F_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_F_6" class="fnanchor">[F]</a> +involves two operations.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>122.—Oblique to right then to left.</div> + +<p>Therefore infantry under registering +fire should oblique forward rapidly.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>123.—Case II: Artillery opening fire for +effect.</div> + +<p>The zone has necessarily been previously<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span> +registered. Such a zone is easily +recognized by the presence of shell +holes.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>124.—Avoid Zone if possible.</div> + +<p>It should be avoided and the advance +made on its outskirts.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>125.—The five cases of fire for effect.</div> + +<p>If this cannot be done and the fire +for effect materializes five cases are to +be distinguished as the shells may be:</p> + + + +<div class='hang3'>1. Shrapnel shells bursting at right +height;</div> + +<div class='hang3'>2. Shrapnel shells bursting high;</div> + +<div class='hang3'>3. Time-Fuse high explosive shells +bursting at right height;</div> + +<div class='hang3'>4. Time-Fuse high explosive shells +bursting high;</div> + +<div class='hang3'>5. Percussion high explosive shells.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>126.—Case 1. Burst Area of Shrapnel +shells bursting at right height.</div> + +<p>The area of burst is about 250 to +300 yards in length and 30 yards in +width, half the bullets falling on the +first 50 yards of the beaten zone.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>127.—Protective Formation against +Shrapnel.</div> + +<p>Advance in line of section, in single<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span> +or double file keeping as closed up as +possible with 30 yards intervals between +sections.</p> + +<p>The second line should be 250 to 300 +yards behind the first.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>128.—Case 2. Shrapnel shells bursting +high.</div> + +<p>Much less dangerous than when +bursting at right height as initial speed +of bullets is spent. Same formation as +for Case 1.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>129.—Case 3. Burst area of Time-fuse +high explosive shells bursting at +right height.</div> + +<p>The area of burst is opposite to that +of shrapnel: short depth, large width, +only 7 to 10 yards depths as opposed +to 60 to 100 yards in width.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>130.—Protective Formation against +Time-fuse high explosives.</div> + +<p>Advance in line of section, single or +double file, keeping as closed up as +possible with 60 to 100 yards intervals +between sections.</p> + +<p>The second line may be 15 yards +behind the first.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>131.—Case 4. High explosive shells +bursting high.</div> + +<p>The depth of the area of burst is +longer than when shells burst at the +right height; therefore widen interval +between the lines.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>132.—Case 5. Burst area of percussion +high explosive shells.</div> + +<p>The radius of the explosion is only +about 25 yards but the local effect is +intense and the displacement is effective +in more than double the radius.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>133.—Protective Formation against +percussion high explosive shells.</div> + +<p>Advance in line of section in double +file, keeping as closed up as possible, +with about 100 yards intervals between +sections.</p> + +<p>The second line may be about 50 +yards behind the first.</p> + + +<h3>GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS +AGAINST ALL TYPES OF +EFFECTIVE FIRE.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>134.—Dangerous to stop, useless to run.</div> + +<p>Do not stop in a zone under fire for +effect as lying down only provides a +larger target. If absolutely obliged to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span> +stop, remain standing and packed together +like sardines, maintaining above +formations and intervals. It is useless +to run, but, as much as possible, advance +steadily.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>135.—Protective Formation against +all types of shells.</div> + +<p>As may appear from the study of the +above the following formation and intervals +will afford the best protection +against all types and combinations of +types of shells, as a shell will never +affect more than one section.</p> + +<p>Advance in lines of sections in double +file, keeping as closed up as possible, +with 85 to 110 yards intervals<a name="FNanchor_G_7" id="FNanchor_G_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_G_7" class="fnanchor">[G]</a> between +sections.</p> + +<p>The second line should be 250 to 300 +yards behind the first.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_E_5" id="Footnote_E_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_E_5">[E]</a> Inclination of the line of sight to the +horizontal.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_F_6" id="Footnote_F_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_F_6">[F]</a> The vertical inclination of the gun.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_G_7" id="Footnote_G_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_G_7">[G]</a> All through this chapter, maximum intervals +are given. They may have to be +shortened to secure closer order at the +expense of greater safety.</p></div></div> + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span></p> + + +<h2>SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE +APPROACH.</h2> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>USE OF WOODS AS SHELTER ON +THE ADVANCE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>136.—Avoid if small.</div> + +<p>They should be used to advance or +halt only if they are of considerable +size. Then, they hide movements and +provide some shelter from fire. On the +contrary, when they are small, they +are to be avoided as they draw artillery +fire and do not offer sufficient +protection.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>137.—Liaison difficult.</div> + +<p>When advancing in woods, special +care should be taken to keep all fractions +connected.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>138.—Exit quickly at one time.</div> + +<p>To exit from wood, take all necessary +dispositions under cover so that, +on the signal of the commander, all +fractions may be ready to spring out +together. They should continue to advance +forward, as rapidly as possible,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span> +to avoid the enemy's likely shelling of +the outskirts.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>138.—Otherwise exit in different +places.</div> + +<p>If the exit cannot be made by all +fractions at one time, the elements of +the second line should avoid coming +out at the same point as those of the +first line.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>TO CROSS A CREST.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>139.—Cross altogether and rapidly.</div> + +<p>Let the line of sections assemble at +top of crest, crouching carefully below +the sky line. Then, upon concerted +signal, all should leap quickly across +and down the descending slope, making +as extended bounds as possible.</p> + +<p>This makes crossing fairly safe as +even the infantry will have to modify +both its elevation and angle of sight +for every new position of this quickly +moving target.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>PRECAUTIONS AGAINST CAVALRY.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>140.—Cavalry Patrols.</div> + +<p>During the whole "approach" watch +should be kept for possible cavalry +patrols. The elements acting as advance<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span> +guard and flank guards or as +combat patrols have as part of their +special mission to keep the cavalry +away from the main body.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>141.—Face and Fire.</div> + +<p>To repulse cavalry, the infantry must +be able to face quickly toward the +charging horsemen and furnish a heavy +fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>142.—Protective formations.</div> + +<p>If cavalry patrols are expected ahead, +deployment as skirmishers will secure +this, if on the flanks, deploy in columns +of squads marching in double file. A +formation in echelon is effective at all +times.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>143.—Repulsing the charge.</div> + +<p>If cavalry appears, stop, face the +charge quickly, fix bayonets and fire at +will, the section leaders controlling the +fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>144.—In case of surprise.</div> + +<p>If surprised, deploy quickly and lie +down.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>THE ATTACK.</h2> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE TERMINATION OF THE +APPROACH.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>145.—The Objective.</div> + +<p>The standard objective of a battalion +is a maximum front of 550 yards.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>146.—Determination of the Objective.</div> + +<p>On nearing the objective the battalion +commander reconnoiters rapidly to +determine the number of companies to +put in the front line and the part of the +objective to be assigned to each.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>147.—Horses sent back.</div> + +<p>Mounted officers now send back their +horses to reserve battalion.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>148.—Assignment of position to companies.</div> + +<p>The battalion commander assigns to +each company its part of the objective +and the position from which it is to +start the attack.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>149.—Getting into position for the +attack.</div> + +<p>The orders are given verbally by<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span> +the battalion commander to the captains +and by the captains to the company +usually through the platoon leaders +as the company is not in close order.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>150.—Deployment before infantry fire.</div> + +<p>As soon as the zone swept by the infantry +fire of the enemy is reached +(about 1000 yards) deployment as skirmishers +becomes imperative.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>151.—Methods of advance.</div> + +<p>Keep on advancing toward positions +for the attack by fractions, varying +method according to the terrain; short +rushes, crawling, making use of all +possible cover.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>152.—Position of officers.</div> + +<p>The battalion commander and the +captains march with the supports, the +battalion commander controlling the +despatch of reinforcements. As soon +as the supports are all sent forward +they march with the fraction nearest +the enemy.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>153.—Liaison.</div> + +<p>A connecting file (runner) accompanies +the battalion commander and +each of the captains.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>THE FIRE ATTACK.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>154.—The time to fire.</div> + +<p>It is determined by the casualties.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>155.—The order to fire.</div> + +<p>It is given by the captains; (only in +case of extreme emergency by a subaltern.)</p> + + +<div class='sub'>156.—Fire Control.</div> + +<p>The section leaders, under the direction +of the captain; control the fire: +classes of firing, volley firing, firing at +will; the target (the nearest hostile +troops within the sector of the objective +being the usual target); the range, +the opening and cessation of fire in volley +fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>157.—Fire observation.</div> + +<p>The section leaders are helped in +their observation of the fire effect by +observers standing besides them. The +fire is usually directed independently +by section or half section.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>158.—Verification of range.</div> + +<p>In principle, the corporals do not +take part in the fire but verify the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span> +range and direction of the fire of their +respective squads.</p> + + + +<h3>ADVANCING THE FIRING LINE.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>159.—Methods of advance.</div> + +<p>To advance the firing line in attack, +all means are good: by section, half-section, +squad, the only condition being +that it be by commanded fractions.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>160.—Closing in to replace casualties.</div> + +<p>As men fall, the rest close in toward +the section leader, the sections rectifying +intervals on the sections furthest +advanced (the captain is with this section, +all sections being now in line.)</p> + + +<div class='sub'>161.—Closing in on the battalion front.</div> + +<p>The several companies rectify intervals +in the same way on the furthest +advanced company (the battalion commander +being with this company).</p> + + +<div class='sub'>162.—Seize every opportunity to advance.</div> + +<p>Every propitious occasion to advance +should be seized at once by the +various elements of the line: greater +effectiveness of the neighboring section's<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span> +fire, slackening fire of the enemy, +effects of artillery, etc.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>163.—Each fraction protects advance of +neighbor.</div> + +<p>The movement forward of each +fraction of the line should be protected +by the fire of the neighboring fraction.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>164.—Keep fit to fire accurately.</div> + +<p>The fraction leader, after each rush +forward, should give time to the men +to get back their breath so that they +may fire with careful aim.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>165.—Liaison with the Captain.</div> + +<p>The captain should be kept informed +by a conventional signal as to the need +of ammunition, etc.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>USE OF MACHINE GUNS IN THE +ATTACK.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>166.—During the Approach.</div> + +<p>Use them judiciously but boldly. +They should advance as first units.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>167.—During the fire attack.</div> + +<p>Strive to keep abreast or ahead of +the most advanced elements especially +on the flanks.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>168.—During the charge.</div> + +<p>Try to have them reach the objective +with the firing line and contribute to +the pursuit.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE COMPANY SUPPORTS.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>169.—In liaison with the captain.</div> + +<p>The sections kept in support are at +the disposition of the captain.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>170.—Method of advance.</div> + +<p>Under the command of the section +leader, they advance, in double file, at +proper intervals or deployed, according +to their proximity to the enemy and +according to the terrain (covered or +uncovered).</p> + + +<div class='sub'>171.—Distance from the firing line.</div> + +<p>They should be about 250 yards behind +the firing line to whose movements +they conform.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>172.—Supplying the firing line.</div> + +<p>The section leaders keep in sight of +the captain and upon his signaled +command advance into the firing line +either to fill up a gap or to reinforce +a section.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>173.—When filling a gap.</div> + +<p>They advance as far as possible +ahead of the line.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>174.—Reinforcing.</div> + +<p>They come up with a rush and shout +to rehearten the line.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE COMPANIES IN SUPPORT.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>175.—Position.</div> + +<p>They are kept out of range of the +enemy's fire upon the firing line but +near enough to interfere as soon as +called upon.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>176.—Liaison with battalion commander.</div> + +<p>The captains keep in touch with the +battalion commander.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>177.—Advance into action.</div> + +<p>These companies advance into the +fire zone with the necessary precautions, +either by fractions or entire, taking +advantage of favorable conditions: +inefficiency of the enemy's fire, effectiveness +of the firing line, etc.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE CHARGE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>178.—The final aim.</div> + +<p>The charge is the final aim of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span> +whole attack. Its success means the +defeat of the enemy.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>179.—Caution.</div> + +<p>It should not be launched too soon.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>180.—By whom ordered.</div> + +<p>The order may come directly from +the commander of the attacking line or +be solicited by any of his subordinates.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>181.—Method of advance.</div> + +<p>Fix bayonets, advance, stop to fire, +advance again, but always so as to arrive +on the enemy's position without +being out of breath.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE PURSUIT.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>182.—One essential rule.</div> + +<p>It should be vigorously pressed.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>183.—Organize new position.</div> + +<p>In the meanwhile the conquered position +should be organized.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE +ATTACK.</h2> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>ATTACK OF A WOOD.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>184.—First objective.</div> + +<p>In the attack of a wood, the first +objective should be the outskirts. Concentrate +the first effort on the salients.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>185.—Method of Advance.</div> + +<p>As soon as the wood is penetrated, +advance quickly forward, utilizing all +roads, paths and trails. The company +advances by sections or half sections, +in single or double file, preceded by +strong patrols.</p> + +<p>Every effort should be made to close +in with the bayonet.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>186.—Outflanking.</div> + +<p>The companies or fractions on the +flank strive to outflank the enemy so +as to attack him on the flank or from +behind.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>187.—Frontal Attack.</div> + +<p>The companies or fractions in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span> +center try to get across the wood as +quickly as possible, or, at least, to +reach a clearing.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>ATTACK OF A VILLAGE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>188.—First Objective.</div> + +<p>In the attack of a village, the first +objective should be the nearest outskirt.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>189.—Organize.</div> + +<p>Consolidate this first position as soon +as conquered. Signal to the artillery +to lengthen the range.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>190.—Frontal attack.</div> + +<p>Then try to gain as rapidly as possible +the opposite end.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>191.—Outflanking.</div> + +<p>The flanking units endeavor to encircle +the objective.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>192.—Against interior defense.</div> + +<p>If the defense has been strongly organized +inside the village, fight forward +step by step. Blow up the obstacles +with explosives.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>193.—Cooperation of Artillery.</div> + +<p>Have artillery bring up a few guns +within close range.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>ATTACK OF A DEFILE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>194.—When defended in front.</div> + +<p>If it is defended in front, try to advance +rapidly by one or both flanks, +small fractions only attacking on the +valley bottom, while the greater part +of the attacking force progresses on the +heights on either side, the flanks striving +to keep forward so as to reach the +other end before the defenders and encircle +them.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>195.—When defended in rear.</div> + +<p>If the defile is defended at the farther +end, as in the case of a bridge, +echelon units (properly covered) for +heavy concentrated fire from the bank +held and cross the bridge on the run +and in small groups.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>NIGHT ATTACKS.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>196.—Of limited scope.</div> + +<p>They must be confined to simple +movements over easy ground.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>197.—Orders to be given.</div> + +<p>They must be carefully prepared +secretly beforehand in every detail. The +orders must include detailed particulars +on the role of each unit or fraction +of units, precise data on the rallying +points and on the signals to be used.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>198.—Small units used.</div> + +<p>For many reasons, chief among +which is the difficulty of handling +large units at night and maintaining +contact, small units should be used.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>199.—A battalion the maximum.</div> + +<p>The fire of the adversary being negligible +at night, there is seldom any advantage +in putting more than a battalion +in line against a given objective, +the quality, discipline and cohesion of +the troops making up for the number.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>200.—Special precaution.</div> + +<p>Before beginning the approach, carefully +secure all arms and utensils so +as to prevent noise. Fix bayonets.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>201.—Method of advance.</div> + +<p>Walk in double files on sides of +roads, never in the center. Otherwise<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span> +as long as practicable, in columns of +squads.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>202.—Liaison.</div> + +<p>Commands are to be transmitted in +a low voice by connecting files.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>203.—To secure surprise.</div> + +<p>Keep absolute silence. Forbid all +lights. No smoking allowed.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>204.—Reconnaissance.</div> + +<p>The itinerary should be reconnoitered +beforehand, if possible, and index +stakes planted; otherwise an officer +should precede with a luminous compass +and men to plant the stakes.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>205.—No fire before charge.</div> + +<p>Do not answer the enemy's fire until +the charge.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>206.—Quickness essential.</div> + +<p>Success depends above all on the +rapidity and continuity of the advance. +Get there as quickly as possible.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>THE DEFENSE.<br /> +<br /> +DEFENSE OF POINTS d'APPUIS:<br /> +WOODS, VILLAGES, DEFILES.</h2> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>DEFENSE OF WOODS.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>207.—Distribution of Troops.</div> + +<p>The commander should distribute his +command so as to provide a defense +of the outskirts, an interior defense and +reserves for a counter attack.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>208.—The outskirt defense.</div> + +<p>The outskirts defense troops should +organize their positions and remain +hidden near the combat emplacements +until the attack is announced as impending +by their sentinels.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>209.—The interior defense.</div> + +<p>The interior defense troops should +organize their positions (abatis, barb-wire) +on the edges of clearings and +other open spaces so as to secure convergent +fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>210.—The Reserves.</div> + +<p>The counter-attack reserves should<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span> +be placed in the rear and on the outside +of the flank best suited for launching +a counter attack. They should +proceed to organize the ground so as +to prevent the enemy from issuing +from the wood, and should strive to +keep on.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>DEFENSE OF A VILLAGE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>211.—Distribution of Troops.</div> + +<p>The same as for the defense of a +wood.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>212.—The exits.</div> + +<p>The outskirts defense organization +should include trenches and accessory +defences before all the exits. These +should be strongly barricaded.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>213.—Interior strong point.</div> + +<p>The interior defense should be organized +about the houses most strongly +built and least visible to the enemy's +artillery. It should include hidden +communications between these strong +points, thus facilitating a prolonged +defense.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>214.—Special precautions.</div> + +<p>The streets should be barricaded and +loopholes provided in the walls of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span> +houses. Precautions should be taken +against fire: pails of water, boxes of +sand provided in the houses.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>DEFENSE OF A DEFILE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>215.—To keep the exits open for an +advance.</div> + +<p>If the aim is to keep the exits open +so as to permit the advance of troops, +the defense should be organized at +some distance in front of the defile: far +enough to permit the unimpeded progress +of the advance.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>216.—To keep exits open for a retreat.</div> + +<p>If the aim is to keep the exits open +so as to cover the retreat of troops, the +roads at the bottom of the defile should +be left free and the defense troops so +placed as to draw the enemy's fire on +other points.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>217.—To block the defile.</div> + +<p>If the aim is to block the defile, the +defense should be organized in the interior +of the defile on both sides of the +place of greatest width, so as to secure +convergence of fire. Echelon detachments +all along the defile to act as a +rear guard in case a retreat is necessary. +Keep the flanks well protected.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>NIGHT DEFENSE OF A POSITION</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>218.—Precautions against attack.</div> + +<p>Attack should be guarded against by +accumulating obstacles and the defense +further prepared by previous reconnoitering +of the best ground for counter-attacks.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>219.—Receive with violent fire and immediate +counterattacks.</div> + +<p>The enemy's charge should be met +with a violent fire at the shortest possible +range, followed immediately by +counter-attacks with the bayonet, especially +on the flanks.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE COUNTER ATTACK.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>220.—Confine to definite Objective.</div> + +<p>Indicate the objective very definitely +including the position to be reached +but not gone beyond.</p> + +<p>Its direction should not interfere +with the fire of neighboring troops.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>221.—Necessary Reconnaissance.</div> + +<p>The Counter Attack should be prepared +cautiously and the itinerary carefully, +even if rapidly, reconnoitered. +(This may have been done as part of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span> +the preparation of the defense. It +should be done with special care if the +counter-attack is to take place at +night.)</p> + + +<div class='sub'>222.—Watch for opportunity.</div> + +<p>It may be decided upon independently +of the incidents of the defense or to +take advantage of the mistakes or +weakness of the adversary.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>223.—Counter from short distance.</div> + +<p>The most favorable moment is when +the enemy is within a short distance +and its artillery consequently obliged +to stop or to lengthen its fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>224.—Sudden and intense fire.</div> + +<p>It should be launched suddenly so as +to surprise the enemy and pushed vigorously, +the fire being increased to +great intensity along the whole front.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>225.—Rapid and continuous advance.</div> + +<p>Rapidity and continuity of advance is +essential.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>226.—Bayonet charge.</div> + +<p>Its culmination is the bayonet charge<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span> +against the prescribed definite objective.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>227.—Stop!</div> + +<p>Hold this objective once conquered +but do not go beyond.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>228.—Dash under Discipline.</div> + +<p>Let the motto be always, but here +especially: "DASH UNDER DISCIPLINE."</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>QUESTIONS.</h2> + + +<blockquote> + +<p>The following questions cover the principles +of combat in open warfare. These +principles have been supplemented rather +than changed in the light of experience +since 1914. In their original form, as given +in this book, they still may be considered +as fundamental. Compare them carefully +with the treatment of the same topics in +the larger works recommended. The questions +are shaped to cover the topics supplemented.</p></blockquote> + +<p>1.—What is the difference between +"trench warfare" and "open warfare"?</p> + +<p>2.—What is meant by the "combat"?</p> + +<p>3.—What are the two phases of the +combat?</p> + +<p>4.—What is the distinction between +"the approach" and the "attack"?</p> + +<p>5.—Why is maneuvering impossible +under infantry fire?</p> + +<p>6.—What is the purpose of the approach?</p> + +<p>7.—How are orders issued?</p> + +<p>8.—How is liaison secured?</p> + +<p>9.—What were the original functions +of combat patrols?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p> + +<p>10.—When should close order be +abandoned for deployment?</p> + +<p>11.—At what distance from the enemy +does deployment become imperative?</p> + +<p>12.—What is the last formation to +escape direct observation?</p> + +<p>13.—What precautions may be taken +against aeroplane observations?</p> + +<p>14.—What is the difference between +a registering fire and fire for effect?</p> + +<p>15.—How may the German registering +fire be recognized?</p> + +<p>16.—What precaution may be taken +against it and why is it effective?</p> + +<p>17.—What preliminaries are necessary +to open fire for effect?</p> + +<p>18.—What is an easy way to recognize +whether fire for effect may be +expected?</p> + +<p>19.—What five cases of fire may be +distinguished?</p> + +<p>20.—What is the burst area of a +shrapnel shell?</p> + +<p>21.—What is the safest protective +formation against shrapnel?</p> + +<p>22.—What is the difference between +a shrapnel shell, a time-fuse high explosive +shell and a percussion high +explosive shell?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p> + +<p>23.—What is the burst area of a +time-fuse high explosive shell?</p> + +<p>24.—What is the safest protective +formation against it?</p> + +<p>25.—What is the burst area of percussion +high explosive shells, and what +precautions can be taken against them?</p> + +<p>26.—What is the safest protective +formation against all types of shells?</p> + +<p>27.—What objections may it be open +to?</p> + +<p>28.—What is the safest way and +direction to go when under artillery +fire?</p> + +<p>29.—Why should small woods be +avoided?</p> + +<p>30.—In large woods, what precautions +must be taken to secure a steady +advance?</p> + +<p>31.—How should the exit from a +wood be made?</p> + +<p>32.—Describe method of crossing a +crest.</p> + +<p>33.—What are good protective formations +against cavalry and how is it +repulsed?</p> + +<p>34.—What elements have the mission +to deal with cavalry patrols?</p> + +<p>35.—What is meant by "the objective" +in attack?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span></p> + +<p>36.—What is the distinction between +determining the objective and +the position from which to start the +attack?</p> + +<p>37.—What is the distinction between +"the approach" and getting into position +for the attack?</p> + +<p>38.—At what distance from the +enemy does deployment as skirmishers +become imperative?</p> + +<p>39.—Describe method of advance toward +positions for the attack.</p> + +<p>40.—Where should the officers be +during this advance?</p> + +<p>41.—How is liaison (communication) +secured between the various commands?</p> + +<p>42.—What is meant by the fire attack?</p> + +<p>44.—How is the time to fire determined?</p> + +<p>45.—How are fire control and fire +effect secured?</p> + +<p>46.—How is the firing line advanced?</p> + +<p>47.—How is it rectified?</p> + +<p>48.—Why should care be taken not +to have men out of breath?</p> + +<p>49.—How should machine guns be<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span> +made to contribute to the approach, +the fire attack, the charge?</p> + +<p>50.—How far should the company +supports be from the firing line?</p> + +<p>51.—Who commands them?</p> + +<p>52.—How is the firing line reinforced?</p> + +<p>53.—Describe the company supports +going into the line to fill up a gap, to +reinforce a section.</p> + +<p>54.—Describe position and behavior +of companies in support.</p> + +<p>55.—What is the final stage of the +whole attack?</p> + +<p>56.—Who orders the charge and how +is it made?</p> + +<p>57.—What is the difference between +the charge and the pursuit?</p> + +<p>58.—What should be done with a +newly conquered position?</p> + +<p>59.—What is the first objective in +attacking a wood?</p> + +<p>60.—How does the aim of the troops +on the wings differ from that of those +in the center?</p> + +<p>62.—Distinguish the different objectives +in the attack of a village.</p> + +<p>63.—Describe the attack to proceed +through a defile in which the enemy is +located.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span></p> + +<p>64.—Describe the attack of a bridge.</p> + +<p>65.—Why should night attacks be of +limited scope?</p> + +<p>66.—What special precautions should +be taken?</p> + +<p>67.—What is the largest unit advisable?</p> + +<p>68.—How is surprise secured?</p> + +<p>69.—Describe the methods of reconnaissance, +advance and liaison for a +night attack.</p> + +<p>70.—Should the enemy's fire be answered +in a night attack?</p> + +<p>71.—What does the success of a +night attack chiefly depend on?</p> + +<p>72.—How should troops be distributed +for the defense of woods and what +is the function of each?</p> + +<p>73.—Describe the distribution of +troops for the defense of a village.</p> + +<p>74.—How should the outskirts defense +be organized?</p> + +<p>75.—Describe the interior defense.</p> + +<p>76.—How can a defile be kept open +for an advance?</p> + +<p>77.—How can a defile be safeguarded +for a retreat?</p> + +<p>78.—Give necessary orders for the +blocking of a defile.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span></p> + +<p>79.—Why should reconnoitering for +counter attacks always be part of the +organization for defense.</p> + +<p>80.—Describe repulse of a night attack.</p> + +<p>81.—Is an attack ever advisable without +previous reconnaissance?</p> + +<p>82.—Explain the importance of understanding +the exact objective in a +counterattack.</p> + +<p>83.—What is the best time to launch +a counter attack?</p> + +<p>84.—What precautions must be taken +to secure the success of a counter attack?</p> + +<p>85.—What is a good motto under all +conditions, but especially in the attack?</p> +<hr class="chap" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2> +<a id="Appendix"></a>Appendix.<br /> +<br /> +A Division Front in<br /> +Trench Warfare.<br /> +</h2> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a id="EXPLANATION_OF_PLATE_I"></a>EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.</h3> + + +<p>The following may be considered a +standard scheme of distribution of +troops, for trench warfare, in a fully +developed trench system.</p> + +<p>An infantry division is composed of +two brigades, each brigade of two +regiments, each regiment of three battalions. +Each brigade thus has six +battalions, each battalion numbering +1026 officers and men, normally divided +into four companies.</p> + +<p>One battalion occupies about 1000 +yards in ordinary trench warfare. As +reliefs must be frequent, three battalions +of each brigade will be on duty, +while the other three are in rest-billets, +at least two miles back of the trenches.</p> + +<p>Two of the battalions on duty occupy +the trenches, the third is stationed +about a mile back, in reserve.</p> + +<p>A brigade can therefore hold about +2000 yards of trenches: two battalions +in front line trenches, one battalion in +reserve, and three battalions in rest +billets.</p> + +<p>Hence a division (two brigades) will +hold a front of about 4000 yards.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span></p> + +<p>Within each 1000 yards front, the +distribution may be as follows:</p> + +<p>Three platoons of Companies A, B, +and C occupy the dugouts of the cover +trench and of the support trench and +post sentinels by roster in the fire +trench.</p> + +<p>Platoon No. 4 of each company occupy +the dugouts of the reserve trench, +together with the entire Company D.</p> + +<p>Platoons and companies then relieve +one another according to roster, a +platoon of each company and an entire +company, in turn, enjoying comparative +rest in the reserve trench even +during the stay of the battalion in the +trenches.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h3><a id="EXPLANATION_OF_PLATE_II"></a>EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.</h3> + + +<p>The following is a description of the +back areas of a divisional sector in +which there has been no great changes +since 1915. There are still several +hundred miles of such sectors.</p> + +<p>The line at the top marks the beginning +of the trench-system described +in Plate I. being the entrance to the +communication trenches.</p> + +<p>Road a, b, with the river c, d, run +at the bottom of a small valley surrounded<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span> +by hills of about 80 ft. elevation. +A branch of the river runs from +c. to e. and a railroad beside it, along +road h, i, and crossing road j, k. A +good size village is at D, a smaller one +at C, hamlets at A and B. The latter +are about one mile back of the trenches, +village C. about two miles and +village D. between three and four.</p> + +<p>Hamlets A and B have probably +been heavily bombarded at the time +line was established and have been +evacuated by the civilians. Village C. +has received shells, but, if there has +been no big attack in the sector, is in +fair shape and some of the inhabitants +remain. Village D. may also have +suffered from shells but probably most +of the inhabitants remain. Such villages +may be clusters of farms or of +cottages, depending upon the region. +If village is made up of cottages, farm +houses will be found along the roads +at frequent intervals. The fields are +likely to be under cultivation almost +as far as road k, l.</p> + +<p>Villages A, B, C are used to billet +the battalion in reserve of each brigade. +Village D. and the nearest villages +further back are used as rest-billets +by the battalions of the brigades +who will relieve those in the trenches.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span></p> + +<p>Near or in villages A, B and C or +near hill E and G are located the transports +of the infantry battalions in the +trenches. Supplies are sent daily to +the trenches from this headquarters of +the quartermaster and transport officer.</p> + +<p>Somewhere along road k, l, or about +hills E and G are hidden in gun pits +the batteries of field artillery attached +to the division. The men live in dugouts +alongside. The camps for the +horses, wagons and supply headquarters +of these batteries are hidden in the +woods or on the further slopes of hills +E, F, G.</p> + +<p>In village D are very likely located +the Brigades' headquarters and such +services as the Field Ambulance and +the Divisional Supply Departments. +The Y. M. C. A. recreation centers, +divisional theatre, football fields, army +canteens etc., are also located in village +D or just back of it. If the +houses in the villages do not provide +enough billets, huts and tents are +erected. Otherwise the officers are +billeted in the houses of the inhabitants +and the men in the barns.</p> + +<p>The Divisional Headquarters, the +Ammunition Column, the Artillery +Brigade Headquarters, the Engineers,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span> +the Ammunition Dumps, etc., are +strung out in the villages and along +the roads just back of village D. The +heavier artillery is also posted back of +this line.</p> + +<p>In sectors that have been the scenes +of offensives the several elements remain +in the same relation, but as the +villages have been obliterated, shelters +must be provided. [The Editor.]</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span></p> +<div class='tnote'><div class='center'><b>Transcriber's Note:</b> To see larger versions of +these diagrams, click on the diagram.</div></div> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"><a id="PLATE_I"></a> +<a href="images/plate1-big.jpg"><img src="images/plate1.jpg" width="600" height="530" alt="diagram" /></a> +<div class="caption">PLATE I—DIVISION FRONT—4000 yards (Trench System)</div> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a><br /><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"><a id="PLATE_II"></a> +<a href="images/plate2-big.jpg"><img src="images/plate2.jpg" width="600" height="520" alt="diagram" /></a> +<div class="caption">PLATE II—DIVISION FRONT (Back Areas)</div> +</div> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<p> </p> +<div class='tnote'> +<h3>Transcriber's Note:</h3> + +<p>Varied hyphenation was retained, for example as fire trench and fire-trench, and counter +attack, counterattack and counter-attack.</p> + +<p>Obvious punctuation errors were corrected.</p> + +<p>Page 3, Table of Contents, "74" changed to "73" to reflect the heading of "THE CHARGE."</p> + +<p>Page 3, Table of Contents, "78" changed to "77" to reflect the heading of "NIGHT ATTACKS."</p> + +<p>Page 3, Table of Contents, "74" changed to "83" to reflect the heading of "THE COUNTER ATTACK."</p> + +<p>Page 7, "resourcefulnes" changed to "resourcefulness" (and resourcefulness)</p> + +<p>Page 12, final item under "3.—On the day of the relief" was formatted to match the +rest of the items. In the original it was typeset as a paragraph instead of as an +item with a hanging indent.</p> + +<p>Page 26, "offlcers" changed to "officers" (many reserve officers)</p> + +<p>Page 56, "preceed" changed to "precede" (always precede a unit)</p> + +<p>Page 63, a footnote marker was added to the text (110 yards intervals[A] between)</p> + +<p>Page 66, "controling" changed to "controlling" (the section leaders controlling)</p> + +<p>Page 68, "controling" changed to "controlling" (commander controlling the)</p> + +<p>Page 78, "or" changed to "of" (files on sides of)</p> + +<p>Page 87, "shapnel" changed to "shrapnel" (shrapnel shell, a time-fuse)</p> + +<p>Page 89, there is no question 43 on the list. This was retained as printed.</p> +</div> + +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 44370 ***</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/44370-h/images/cover.jpg b/44370-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..604cb53 --- /dev/null +++ b/44370-h/images/cover.jpg diff --git a/44370-h/images/plate1-big.jpg b/44370-h/images/plate1-big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1997eb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/44370-h/images/plate1-big.jpg diff --git a/44370-h/images/plate1.jpg b/44370-h/images/plate1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2bcfe83 --- /dev/null +++ b/44370-h/images/plate1.jpg diff --git a/44370-h/images/plate2-big.jpg b/44370-h/images/plate2-big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e94c8b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/44370-h/images/plate2-big.jpg diff --git a/44370-h/images/plate2.jpg b/44370-h/images/plate2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a46fb3d --- /dev/null +++ b/44370-h/images/plate2.jpg diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..92c148f --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #44370 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/44370) diff --git a/old/44370-8.txt b/old/44370-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..81a2ca8 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44370-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3248 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Handy War Guide for My Company, by André +Godefroy Lionel Hanguillart, Edited by Louis Joseph Alexandre Mercier, +Translated by Louis Joseph Alexandre Mercier + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Handy War Guide for My Company + Handy Company Commander's Guide + + +Author: André Godefroy Lionel Hanguillart + +Editor: Louis Joseph Alexandre Mercier + +Release Date: December 6, 2013 [eBook #44370] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HANDY WAR GUIDE FOR MY COMPANY*** + + +E-text prepared by Emmy and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team +(http://www.pgdp.net) from page images generously made available by +Internet Archive (https://archive.org) + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustrations. + See 44370-h.htm or 44370-h.zip: + (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44370/44370-h/44370-h.htm) + or + (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44370/44370-h.zip) + + + Images of the original pages are available through + Internet Archive. See + https://archive.org/details/handywarguidefor00hang + + +Transcriber's note: + + Text enclosed by underscores is in italics (_italics_). + + Text enclosed by equal signs is in bold face (=bold=). + + + + + +HANDY WAR GUIDE FOR MY COMPANY + +Handy Company Commander's Guide + +Written at the front by + +CAPTAIN HANGUILLART + +of the French Army + +Translated and edited by + +Louis J. A. Mercier, A.M. + +First Lieutenant, Harvard R. O. T. C. +Interpreter with British Expeditionary Force on the +French Front 1914-17. + +"_DASH UNDER DISCIPLINE_" + + + + + + + +Copyright, 1918 +by +R. D. Cortina Company. + +The Cortina Academy of Languages +New York +1918 + + + + +TABLE. + + + Preface 5 + + + Part I. + + Trench Life and Trench Warfare + + Taking over the Trenches 11 + Care and Improvement of the Trenches 14 + The Watch from the Trenches 17 + Patrolling 22 + Interrogating Prisoners 25 + Devices to draw the Enemy's Fire 28 + An Attack, the Repulse 32 + The Counter-Attack 34 + Precautions against Enemy's Artillery 36 + Use of Trench Artillery 37 + Field Artillery Cooperation 39 + Daily Schedule 41 + Turning over the Trenches 43 + Out of the Trenches 44 + Topical Questions on Part I 46 + + + Part II. + + French Infantry Combat Principles. + + Open Warfare 53 + The Approach 55 + Precautions against Silent Artillery 58 + Crossing a Bombarded Zone 59 + Use of Woods as Shelter 64 + To Cross a Crest 65 + The Fire Attack 69 + Precautions against Cavalry 65 + The Termination of the Approach 67 + Use of Machine Guns 71 + The Company Supports 72 + The Companies in Support 73 + The Charge and the Pursuit 73 + Attack of a Wood 75 + Attack of a Village 76 + Attack of a Defile 77 + Night Attacks 77 + Defense of Woods 80 + Defense of a Village 81 + Defense of a Defile 82 + Night Defense of a Position 83 + The Counter Attack 83 + Topical Questions on Part II 86 + + + Appendix + + A Division Front in Trench Warfare. + + The Trench System + The Back Areas + + + + +Printed in the United States of America +by the International Press +150 Lafayette Street +New York City + + + + +PREFACE. + + +The first part of Captain Hanguillart's little book "_Petit Guide +pratique de Guerre pour ma compagnie_" has been incorporated in the new +manuals of instruction published for the young recruits of the French +army by the official military publishing house "Librairie Militaire +Berger-Levrault," the editors of the "Annuaire officiel de l'Armée."[A] + +Its special value comes from the fact that it was written at the front +and is wholly based on the orders which Captain Hanguillart drew up for +the instruction of his own company and tested repeatedly through actual +experience. + +Thus its very omissions are significant. + +The text as it stands represents essentials. + +Its every paragraph is a unit of tried advice. + +=It embodies the practical data that has secured results.= + +=It sums up the cautions that have saved lives.= + +In the second part, Captain Hanguillart has merely reproduced the +French Infantry Combat principles long published in the official manual +for the instruction of platoon leaders. + +In presenting this little work, no claim is made that it is adequate to +the complete instruction of company commanders. + + Its obvious supplements are such works as: Colonel Paul + Azan--_The War of Position_. + + _The Army War College_--Translation of the French + Manual for Commanders of Infantry Platoons. + + Cole and Schoonmaker--_Military Instructors Manual_. + + Major J. A. Moss--_Manual of Military Training_. + + _U. S. A. Infantry Drill Regulations._ + +Captain Hanguillart's book should be carefully compared with these. +But because of its peculiar origin it has for the officer a value not +possessed by other books on this subject. + +It gives what a company commander =actually found essential=. + +Furthermore, it corresponds to the booklets published in France which +are placed in the hands of every recruit. + +Every officer should have full knowledge of his specialty, but =every +private= should understand the essential concerns of his officers so as +to appreciate orders the more readily. + +The army of democracy should be an intelligent thinking army. + +Such little books have helped to give the French poilu his famed +self-reliance and resourcefulness. + +It is the hope of the publishers that this translation may help to do +the same for his American comrades. + +The publishers also believe that the book offers just the information +needed by civilians to follow intelligently reports of military +operations and of life at the front. + +The editor has felt it his duty in rearranging the loose notes of +Captain Hanguillart to respect scrupulously the text, though, at times, +the best way to do so was through a free translation. + +The paragraphs have been numbered and questions and diagrams added to +facilitate assimilation. + + Cambridge, Mass. + + L.J.A.M. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[A] Cf Chapuis. _Instruction théorique et générale du soldat pour la +période de guerre._ 27e édition, January 1917. + + + + + Part I. + + Trench Life and Trench + Warfare. + + + + +TRENCH LIFE AND TRENCH WARFARE. + + + + +TAKING OVER THE TRENCHES. + + +1.--Leaving Billets. + +The battalions of a Brigade occupying a given sector of the front are +billeted when out of the trenches, in the villages closest to their +sector. Cf. appendix. + +When their turn comes to relieve the battalions in the trenches, the +officers in charge should have the following instructions carried out: + + +2.--On the day before the relief make sure: + + That the rifles, bayonets, etc., are in good condition. + + That the ammunition and reserve rations are supplied. + + That the equipment of every man is complete. + + That all officers and N.C.O.'s watches are set to + division time. + + +3.--On the day of the relief, one hour before departure: + + Have rifles stacked and equipment laid out outside the + billets. + + Make sure that nothing is left behind, that premises + are cleaned, all rubbish burnt, and latrines filled. + + Have rifles loaded and with the safety lock turned to + the safe. + + Assign an energetic N. C. O. to act as file closer of + each platoon to prevent straggling. + + Call the roll and have it duly forwarded to the company + commander. + + +4.--On the way to the trenches: + + If under fire, have units march at proper intervals + (Cf. par. 117ff.) + + Adopt marching order best suitable to avoid blocking + the road. + + At night do not allow smoking. + + Exact silence when nearing the trenches. + + Take special precaution at all times to maintain + constant communication between units, especially at + night and when crossing woods. + + If enemy aeroplanes appear, stop and keep out of sight + as much as possible. (Cf. par. 120.) + + +5.--On reaching the trenches: + + The relief should be completed in silence--without + hurry. + + Carefully ascertain the orders of the battalion + relieved. + + Check up and assign to each unit the supplies taken + over. + + Requisition at once additional supplies and ammunition + wanted. + + Each platoon should be assigned its special duties, + the duty roster drawn up for all sentry and patrol + duties, details, etc. + + Have all the men locate the enemy trench as they come + on duty and give them the range. + + Inspect the dugouts and assign them. + + Forbid all digging under the parapet. + + Inspect the latrines. Give strict order that small + amount of dirt be thrown in after use and that lime + be sprinkled in daily. + + See that the men are provided with ammunition. + + Communication should be insured between the various + units to the right and left and with the rear. + + + + +CARE AND IMPROVEMENT OF THE TRENCHES. + + +6.--Improvements: + + Investigate the work under way for the improvement + of defense and prepare plans for further work if + necessary. + + Obvious improvements are: making additional + communication trenches, repairing or completing + shelters, listening posts, mining tunnels, wire + entanglements. + + +7.--Ammunition shelters: + + See that there are a sufficient number of shelters + for rifle ammunition, grenades, rockets and other + supplies. + + +8.--Loopholes and Parapet: + + Ascertain the conditions of all the loopholes and + have them repaired if need be. (They should cut the + parapet diagonally and be concealed in every way + possible with vegetation, branches, and the opening + blocked when not in use.) + + Have all damages to the parapet and to the ground + underneath quickly attended to. + + See that in each section there are small ladders to + permit of easy access to the top of the parapet. + + See that means are provided to fire above the parapet + in case of an attack. + + +9.--Drainage: + + Attend carefully to the drainage. Have the trench + bottom kept convex with small gutters on either side + running into pits lined with gabions. If trench + bottom is lined with board walks, keep it in repair. + Have water pits emptied if necessary. + + +10.--Sanitation: + + Have latrines kept in perfect sanitary order. + + Have them filled up and others dug =if need be=. + + Have all rubbish collected and carried out. + + +11.--Precautions against capture of fire-trench. + + Prepare for the obstruction of the communicating + trenches in case the enemy should capture the fire + trench: Have piles of sand bags above the entrance of + each trench ready to be dumped into it. Have chevaux + de frise lined up on one parapet of the trench and + all held up in such a way by a single wire that when + the wire is cut they will fall into the trench. Mines + can also be prepared to blow up the trench when + invaded. The communicating trench between the fire + trench and the listening post should be covered with + barbed wire screens or be tunnelled. + + + + +THE WATCH FROM THE TRENCHES. + + +12.--Trench Warfare an outpost duty. + +Trench warfare, the inevitable form of modern warfare, is a continuous +series of outpost duty. Hence it is based wholly on eternal vigilance. +The patrols correspond to the scouts; the listening posts to the +sentinels; the firing trench to the outguards; the cover trench to the +supports. The safety of the sector depends entirely on the vigilance +of the advanced elements and the rapidity with which supports and the +reserves can be summoned. + +Watching is thus the fundamental duty in trench warfare. + +The following points should be kept in mind: + + + + +AT ALL TIMES + + +13.--Number of men in the fire trench. + +There must be as many sentinels in each section as is necessary to +cover completely the sector to be watched, no more, no less, each +sentinel being given the exact limits (such as tree, copse, post, +etc.) at each end of the line he should watch. + + +14.--Fix bayonets. + +The men on duty should have bayonets fixed as, in case of a possible +surprise, they are needed for defense. Otherwise too, fixing bayonets +would be an indication to the enemy of an impending raid. + + + + +DURING THE DAY. + + +15.--Observation of open terrain. + +When the terrain opposite is open country, the necessary observation +may be done by the smallest possible number of men. Fire only, if any +of the enemy are sighted. Then, have two rounds fired, then three. But +keep fire under strict control. (If enemy continues to approach. Cf. +par. 52 ff.) + + +16.--Observation of covered terrain. + +When the terrain is covered (high brush wood, copses, trees, etc.) a +sharpshooter in each section should fire occasionally into the trees, +etc., which may be observation or sharpshooters' posts but this should +not be overdone. + + + + +AT NIGHT. + + +17.--Double sentinels. + +Post double sentinels in each section, each man watching in turn, the +other resting but within call. + + +18.--Silence. + +They should refrain from making the least noise so as to hear and not +be heard. + + +19.--No firing when fired upon. + +There should be no firing when the enemy fires since when the enemy +fires, he does not advance. + + +20.--Look and listen. + +They should keep a sharp lookout but listen even more attentively. + + +21.--In the listening posts. + +Sentinels in the listening posts should listen especially for the noise +of crushed branches, stirring leaves, slight noise of arms or utensils. + +If enemy is detected, these sentinels should hasten back to fire trench +to give the alarm quietly so that the enemy may be surprised. + +They should fire only if they are themselves caught unawares. + +Listening posts should not be too numerous, about two per battalion. + +If there are no listening posts, patrols should be sent out to +favorable spots especially at sundown and before sunrise. + + +22.--Enemy sighted or heard, fire. + +If the night is clear and the terrain is open, proceed as during the +day: If the enemy is sighted or heard, fire in short volleys. In case +of doubt throw grenades with the first volley. + + +23.--Otherwise no firing. + +Otherwise, absolute silence should be observed. No firing whatever. + + +24.--Unless night is dark. + +If the night is dark, to avoid surprise, keep up firing: One man per +section should fire in turn, from time to time varying the direction. + + +25.--Digging by enemy. + +If digging by the enemy is reported, cease firing. Have it located, +throw bombs followed by volleys. Notify sappers for counter mining. + + +26.--Watch for light of enemy's fire. + +If enemy fires, note where light appears. + + +27.--Posting of sharpshooters. + +Locate sharpshooters in advantageous posts behind the trenches (trees, +etc.). Have them fire into the enemy's listening posts and into the +enemy's trench, especially wherever light appears. These posts should +not be occupied during the day. + + +28.--Patrols. + +Send out patrols, stationary or mobile. + + + + +PATROLLING. + + +29.--Functions of Patrols. + +The aim: to supplement the work of the listening posts and of the +sentinels through more forward observation. To discover the movements +and the operations of the enemy. To locate his emplacements. + +To keep in close touch with the enemy so as to take advantage of his +possible weaknesses: lack of watchfulness, of ammunition, of sufficient +troops. To verify, repair and complete advance defences. To get the +exact range of enemy's positions. To bring back prisoners. + + +30.--Time to patrol. + +Patrols should be on duty through the night but be specially watchful +before sunrise. + + +31.--Assignment of patrol duty. + +N. C. O. and men should be assigned to patrol duty by roster or as +volunteers. In the former case, if there is reason to think that a +patrol has not done its best to secure information, the same men should +be sent out again. + + +32.--Sentinels should know about patrols. + +Neighboring companies should be notified of the departure, route and +probable time of return of patrols. If several patrols are sent out at +the same time they should know one another's itinerary. + + +33.--Dress and equipment of patrols. + +The men (3 to 5 commanded by N. C. O.) should carry no impediments +and their dress should not interfere with ease of movements: sweaters +should be worn instead of overcoats. The woolen cap or comforter should +be worn as they cover most of the face. Slits should be cut for the +ears that hearing be not interfered with. The helmet should always be +worn over comforter. Also dark gloves to hide the hands. No equipment +save the rifle, the bayonet fixed or carried in the hand, (no bayonet +scabbard), a few hand grenades. + + +34.--Method of advance. + +Patrols should crawl forward or advance by short dashes, silently, stop +often and for long periods, listen intently. + + +35.--Under flare light. + +If the enemy sends up lighting rockets (flares) or fires volleys, lie +flat on the ground until he stops. + + +36.--Against an hostile patrol. + +If a small hostile patrol approaches, do the same, throw a stone or two +so as to turn its attention away and take advantage of this to surprise +it. If men of enemy's patrol give the alarm, kill them--lie flat on +ground during enemy's volleys which will follow. Then strip bodies of +distinctive uniform badges, and search for papers, etc. Otherwise bring +men back as prisoners. + + +37.--Need of initiative. + +Patrols should exercise initiative, take advantage of circumstances, in +devising ways of bringing back the greatest possible amount of useful +information. + + + + +INTERROGATING PRISONERS. + + +38.--Information from prisoners. + +One of the chief aims of patrolling is to bring back prisoners from +whom information may be gathered. + + +39.--Its use by General Staff. + +The General Staff is interested to know the nationality, the division, +the age, etc. of prisoners captured in a given sector. + + +40.--Its use by company commander. + +But these are of little value to the battalion or company commander. +Hence, when possible, they should ask the prisoners questions more +pertinent to the organization of the enemy sector opposite: + + +41.--Questions to ask. + +How strongly are your various lines held? + +Where are the C. O. Post and the officers' dugouts? + +When and by what routes are the reliefs made, how often and on what +days and at what time. Ask the same questions for the fatigues. + +At what time are rations brought or served? + +What is the actual muster of the company? + +How many regular army officers, how many reserve officers? What do the +men think of their officers? + +How many advanced posts? How many men in each, by day and by night? Do +they have grenades and how are they relieved? + +How many men are sent out on patrol, how often, at what time, by what +route coming and going? How are they dressed and armed? What are their +instructions? + +What does the enemy know about our own patrols? + +Are snipers placed in trees during the day and at night? If so, what +trees are used. What parts of our sectors can they see? + +Are they planning any raids? Do they anticipate raids by us? + +What work are they carrying on during the day and at night? + +Have they any idea of our own activities? + +What is the nature and the location of their accessory defences? + +What is the location of their machine guns, trench mortars? + +Have they any asphyxiating gas or liquid fire apparatus? + +Have they abundant supplies of hand grenades, etc., etc. + + + + +DEVICES TO DRAW THE ENEMY'S FIRE. + + +42.--To make enemy waste ammunition. + +Any devices which lead the enemy to waste ammunition or to expose +themselves is a clear gain. + +Many may be readily devised and officers and men should be encouraged +to do so. The following have often proved successful: + + +43.--Pretend abandoning trench. + +Remain absolutely quiescent during several days. This may lead the +enemy to send out patrols or raiding parties which may be the more +surely destroyed. They should be allowed to approach to the wire +entanglements before a shot is fired. + + +44.--Pretend a raid. + +On dark nights, have all firing stop. Throw stones by hand or with +slings, a dozen at a time toward the enemy's trench. This will lead +him to fire repeated volleys and waste ammunition in his fear of an +attack, especially if the trenches are in wooded terrain and there are +leaves on the ground. Repeat several times during the night. + +Patrols may also tie strings to the enemy's barb wire. On dark nights +pulling on the string may lead the enemy to fire. + + +45.--Use decoys. + +Decoys may be arranged in trees or stuck up momentarily over the +parapet. They will draw the enemy's fire. + + +46.--Pretend a fire attack. + +If the enemy's trenches are near enough for the sound to carry, +whistles may be blown all along the line before a volley. They may +be blown again after the command to omit the volley. The enemy may +continue to fire indefinitely. + + +47.--Watch out for enemy's ruses. + +Let the aim of all these devices be to make the enemy waste ammunition +and to save your own. On the other hand, the enemy is likely to attempt +like ruses and many others which are not permissible such as the use of +white flags or raising hands to indicate pretended surrender. + + +48.--His use of blank cartridges. + +A legitimate ruse, of which the enemy is fond and which should be +guarded against, consists in their firing blank cartridges to mask an +advance of their men. It is clear that men do not advance while bullets +are fired from their own trenches. Nor does one fire in retaliation +until the enemy's fire ceases. A little attention will be sufficient to +spoil this plan as, when only blank cartridges are fired, no bullets +will whiz by. As long as the enemy fires blank cartridges, withhold +your own fire, be on guard against the appearance of patrols and be +ready to receive them when they draw near. + + +49.--His use of flares. + +In case the enemy sends up flares, patrols should lie flat and +motionless till after the volley which often follows. The sentinels in +the fire trench should note spot where flare was sent up and abstain +from firing unless enemy is sighted out of his trenches. + + +50.--His machine guns. + +If a machine gun opens fire from the trench opposite, try to locate it +through the light and sound at night, through sound and actual sight +during the day. + +Fire a converging volley of two rounds in its direction, and repeat, +but not over six rounds if unsuccessful. + +At the same time let trench mortars fire bombs in the same direction. + + +51.--His field and trench artillery fire. + +If enemy's artillery fires upon trenches (Cf. par. 69 ff.) + + + + +AN ATTACK. + + + + +THE REPULSE. + + +52.--A threatened raid. + +As has been stated (par. 15 and 22) in case enemy patrols approach, +volleys of two, then of three rounds should be fired. Keep cool. Do not +fire prematurely. + + +53.--Fire above parapet. + +The firing should be done over the parapet and not through the +loopholes. + + +54.--When alarm is given. + +If the sentinels report that an attack is developing, every one on duty +takes his post. + + +55.--Flares. + +Flares are sent up from each section. + + +56.--Trench Mortars. + +Trench mortars fire bombs with the first volley. + + +57.--How to repulse an attack. + +If the attack materializes, repeat volleys and trench mortar discharge +and open fire with the machine guns. + +(On dark nights, in covered terrain, the machine guns should be fired +with the first volley.) + + +58.--Use of hand grenades. + +Hand grenades should be thrown as soon as the enemy is within 30 yards. + +The grenadiers of the odd number squads should aim to throw their +grenades upon the assailants while those of the even number squads +should try to establish a barrage by throwing behind the assailants. + + +59.--Use of trench mortars. + +The trench mortars are aimed at the enemy's trench. + + +60.--Use of the machine guns. + +The machine guns fire directly at the assailants, with slight +differences in height of aim, (knee high, waist high, etc.) according +to the directions previously given to each man. + + +61.--Fire Control. + +Carefully keep fire rifle under control and avoid wasting ammunition. + +Never fire without aiming. If the ground ahead is flat, aim waist-high; +if it slopes down, aim close to the soil; if it slopes up, aim at +height of chest. + + +62.--Repulse with the bayonet. + +If some of the enemy reach the trench, dispose of them with the bayonet. + + +63.--Save ammunition. + +Cease firing and abstain from further firing as soon as the attack is +repulsed. + + + + +THE COUNTER ATTACK. + + +64.--Immediate. + +It should follow immediately upon the successful repulse of the attack. + + +65.--Counter attack formation. + +It should be developed in the following formation: + +1st. Grenadiers armed only with a bayonet, a bowie knife, a revolver +and a full stock of grenades. With them a few men with pliers for wire +cutting. + +2nd. Next a skirmish line of riflemen with a full supply of ammunition. + +3rd. Lastly, a line of men with entrenching tools.[B] + + +66.--Method of advance. + +Proceed by short leaps making use of available protection and crawl +flat on the ground in approaching the enemy's trench. + + +67.--Capture of the enemy's fire trench. + +After the defenders in the fire trench are killed, jump in, throw bombs +into the dugouts, pursue the enemy into the support and communication +trenches. + + +68.--Organize it against the enemy. + +Let then the engineers block up to the right and left the captured +trench and organize it rapidly against the enemy, making it face about +(through changing the parados into a parapet). The enemy is pursued as +far as possible and kept away while fatigue parties from the rear bring +up all necessary ammunition, sand bags, barbed wire, etc., carrying +back all the captured enemy material. Other fatigue parties start at +once to connect the former fire trench with the captured trench by +communication trenches. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[B] Modifications of this formation have since been adopted. Cf. Works +cited in preface. + + + + +CONCERNING ARTILLERY. + + + + +PRECAUTIONS AGAINST ENEMY'S ARTILLERY. + + +69.--Artillery Bombardment. + +Whether preliminary to, in connection with, or independent of an +infantry attack, the enemy may make use of his artillery. + +This bombardment may be directed against the fire trench or back of the +fire-trench. + + +70.--Case I.--Bombardment of the Fire Trench. + + +71.--All in shelter except sentinels. + +Leave in the fire trench the necessary sentinels. + +Station all the other men in the shelters of the support trench, or +along the communication trench, if there are no shelters, but fully +equipped and ready to jump to their places in the fire trench as soon +as the enemy's artillery fire will stop or lengthen to allow his +infantry to advance. + + +72.--Fire to impede observation. + +All through the bombardment, the sentinels should fire at all objects +in the distance which may be used as observation posts. The machine +guns should cooperate with a slow sweeping fire. + + +73.--Case II.--Bombardment back of Fire Trench. + + +74.--Watch for infantry attack. + +All should stand to in the fire trench watching for a possible infantry +attack and for a possible shortening of the enemy's bombardment. If it +occurs, proceed as in Case I. + + +75.--Prevent observation. + +Fire against possible observation posts as in Case I. + + + + +USE OF TRENCH ARTILLERY. + + +76.--Use with a purpose. + +Whatever trench artillery appliances are provided, bomb-throwers, +trench mortars, catapults, etc., they should never be used hap-hazard, +but always with great deliberation and forethought. + +Have a distinct end in view and watch for the best opportunity to +attain it. + +Such definite aims may be: to interfere with a relief, a fatigue, a +trench construction or repair, to destroy accessory defences, etc. + + +77.--Keep it ready. + +Let the mortars, etc., be kept loaded and trained on the target +selected, ready to be fired instantly. The crews should be near at hand +and a sentinel posted to watch for a favorable opportunity. + + +78.--Save ammunition. + +Until this opportunity occurs, do not fire. + + +79.--Have several emplacements. + +Several emplacements should be provided so that mortars, etc., may be +removed as soon as they have obtained desired results or been located +by the enemy. + +The trench mortar commander should make it his business to study +carefully all possibilities for effective emplacements and should +inspire his men to be alert and quick to improve opportunities. + + +80.--Use of machine guns. + +The machine guns should likewise be handled as a mobile weapon and +not be used merely from elaborate carefully concealed emplacements +commanding otherwise uncovered ground or enfilading communication +trenches, etc.[C] + + +81.--Use of hand grenades. + +Hand grenades may be listed as trench artillery. The temptation is to +use them too freely. Like other ammunition they should never be wasted +and always used with a definite aim. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[C] Captain Hanguillart treats this important subject very summarily. +Cf. Cole & Schoonmaker's Military Instructor's Manual p. 319. He also +barely mentions Gas attacks. Cf. very complete treatment in same work, +p. 356 to 370. + + + + +FIELD ARTILLERY COOPERATION. + + +82.--Communications with the artillery. + +Should be permanent so that it may cooperate whether to repulse an +enemy's attack, to silence his artillery, to damage his defences or to +prepare and protect an attack or a counter attack. + + +83.--Observations posts. + +To avoid a waste of ammunition, and attain the desired result as well +as to prevent the artillery fire from falling short upon one's own +trenches, artillery observation posts should be provided in the fire +trench or at one of the outposts. + + +84.--Artillery fire falling short. + +In case artillery fire does fall short upon one's own trenches, +communicate at once with artillery commander and proceed as when +bombarded by enemy. (Cf. 69 ff.) + + +85.--Artillery preparation of infantry attack. + +Special caution should be exercised in the case of a raid against the +enemy's trench. Make sure that the artillery preparation has secured +the desired result. Synchronize carefully the infantry advance and the +lengthening of the artillery fire. + + + + +DAILY SCHEDULE. + + +86.--Rosters and schedules. + +Throughout the stay in the trenches, the various fatigues should be +assigned by roster and carried out according to schedule. The following +schedule has been found practical: + + + + +7 A.M. (6 A.M. in summer). + + +87.--Cleaning of trenches. + +Have trenches cleaned of all rubbish, latrines disinfected, drinking +water supplied. + + +88.--Collecting of broken equipment. + +All cartridge shells, broken tools, etc. should be collected. + + +89.--Requisition Report. + +A list of the supplies and ammunition needed should be drawn up. + + +90.--Report on night activities. + +Full report should be brought to the company commander, covering the +work of the patrols and of the fatigue parties, and giving full details +of all that has happened during the night. + + +91.--Report on casualties. + +Also the list of casualties in the last twelve hours with full names +and nature of wound if possible. + + +92.--Disposal of property of dead and wounded. + +The arms and complete equipment of the wounded should be sent out +with them. The arms and equipment of the killed should be sent to +the battalion commander. Their personal effects; money, papers, +letters, etc., should be carefully collected, listed, and sent to the +sergeant-major. + + + + +8 A.M. + + +93.--Sick Parade. + +The men able to walk are taken to the doctor's dugout by an N.C.O. + + + + +4 P.M. + + +94.--Assignment of patrols. + +Assign night patrols from roster. Point out itinerary while light +permits. Have neighbouring sectors advised of same. + + + + +(8. P.M.) + + +95.--Inspections. + +Inspection of sentinels in fire trench. Inspection of ammunition +supplies. + + + + +TURNING OVER THE TRENCHES. + + + + +THE RELIEF. + + +96.--In the afternoon and in each section: + +Have all the tools and supplies collected and list drawn up ready to +hand over to successor against receipt for same. + +Inspect equipment of men that they may be taken out completely. + +Check up exact itinerary of relief in and out. + + +97.--At the time of relief: + +Have rifles inspected and emptied. + +Give strict orders for silence. + +Follow same marching order as when coming in. + +Have officer march in rear. + + +98.--On reaching billets. + +Have the roll called and sent to the officer of the day. + +Have rifles inspected. + + + + +THE DAY AFTER THE RELIEF. + + +99.--Replace equipment. + +Have all arms cleaned and oiled. + +Have broken arms turned in and others issued. + +Inspect shoes, clothes, equipment, tools, and replace when needed. + +Have special inspection of gas-masks and replace if needed. + + +100.--Sanitation. + +Have underwear washed, and personal cleanliness attended to, baths, +hair-cuts, etc. + +Have premises kept clean and latrines disinfected daily. + + + + +OUT OF THE TRENCHES. + + +101.--Specialists' Instruction. + +While in rest billets: Have all specialists' instruction continued: +sharpshooters, bomb-throwers, signallers, etc. + + +102.--Bayonet exercises. + +Should be given special attention. + + +103.--Close and extended order drill + +and marching give the men needed exercise. + + +104.--Relaxation. + +should also be provided: in the form of games, contests, +entertainments, etc. They help to keep the men "fit." + + +105.--Efficiency. + +The company commander should make it is his constant concern that his +men be kept at the highest possible point of efficiency. + + + + +QUESTIONS. + + + The following questions are topical. Supplements to the + answers found in this book should be looked for in the + larger works referred to in the preface. + + +Trench Life and Trench Warfare. + +1.--What inspections should be made on the day before the relief? + +2.--State orders to be issued one hour before departure. + +3.--What may be the marching orders, on the way to the trenches? + +4.--Describe precautions to be taken against enemy's fire, against +aeroplanes. + +5.--What other precautions should be taken? + +6.--What should the company commander attend to on reaching the +trenches? + +7.--What possible improvements of trenches are obviously called for? + +8.--What special attention should be given the parapet? + +9.--Give rules for drainage and sanitation. + +10.--What precautions may be taken against capture of fire-trench? + +11.--What does trench warfare correspond to in open warfare? + +12.--What does the safety of a sector depend on? + +13.--What is the fundamental duty in trench warfare? + +14.--What rule determines the number of men to be posted in the +fire-trench? + +15.--Sum up their orders about firing before open terrain, before +covered terrain. + +16.--What is meant by double sentinels? + +17.--Why is listening attentively even more important than keeping a +sharp look out? + +18.--Why should the sentinels refrain from answering the enemy's fire? + +19.--What is expected of the men in the listening posts? + +20.--When should the sentinels fire on a clear night? When, on a dark +night? + +21.--What should the sentinels do, if they hear the enemy's digging? + +22.--When and where are sharpshooters posted and what is their duty? + +23.--What information may patrols bring back? + +24.--When should patrols be sent out and how should they be assigned? + +25.--What should the sentinels along a sector know about the patrols, +and the several possible patrols know about one another? + +26.--Describe dress and equipment of men on patrols. + +27.--Describe their method of advance. + +28.--What should they do on encountering a hostile patrol? + +29.--What should be the motto of men on patrol? + +30.--What are some of the most useful informations about the enemy, you +should try to obtain? + +31.--What motto should you have about ammunition? + +32.--Describe several ways of leading enemy to waste ammunition. + +33.--What is the distinction between legitimate and illegitimate ruses? + +34.--On what principle is the enemy's ruse of the use of blank +cartridges based? + +35.--How may this ruse be foiled? + +36.--What should the sentinels, and what should the men on patrol do, +when the enemy sends up flares? + +37.--How should the enemy's machine gun fire be answered? + + +An Enemy's Attack. + +38.--Describe procedure when enemy's patrols are sighted by sentinels +and when an attack develops. + +39.--When are the trench mortars and the machine guns fired? + +40.--How are hand grenades thrown? + +41.--Where should the rifle fire be aimed? + +42.--When are bayonets used? + +43.--Is it sufficient to repulse an attack? + +44.--What formation should be adopted for the counter attack? + +45.--How is the advance made and the counter attack carried out? + +46.--Describe what is meant by organization of a newly conquered trench. + +47.--What should be done, if the enemy bombards the fire-trench? + +48.--What should the sentinels do? + +49.--What should be done if the bombardment is back of the fire-trench? + +50.--What general rule applies to the use of all trench artillery? + +51.--What are its ordinary objectives? + +52.--How are trench mortars handled? + +53.--What is meant by calling trench-artillery mobile weapons? + +54.--Give a general caution for the use of all ammunition. + +55.--What is essential to secure effective artillery fire? + +56.--What should be done if one's own artillery fire falls short upon +one's own trenches? + +57.--How is coordination between artillery and infantry secured in case +of a raid? + +58.--What are the principal items of the morning schedule, of the +afternoon schedule? + +59.--Describe the preparations for leaving the trenches. + +60.--What orders are given at the time of relief? + +61.--What is done before the men are dismissed to their billets? + +62.--How should the days in rest billets be utilized? + +63.--Describe a typical day in the trenches. + +64.--Describe a typical day in rest billets. + +65.--What should be the supreme aim alike of men and officers? + + + + + Part II. + + French Infantry Combat + Principles. + + + + +FRENCH INFANTRY COMBAT PRINCIPLES. + + + + +OPEN WARFARE. + + +106.--Is open warfare probable? + +It is improbable that in this war trench warfare will definitely give +place on all sectors of the front to open warfare. + +But the tactics that have forced several retirements will force others. + +If sufficient troops are available, tried and fit and resolute, with +the necessary quantities of ammunition and improved artillery, we shall +see German arrogance and brutality in victory become again cringing +fear and demoralization in defeat; the experience of the Marne will +be repeated and the invaders will be driven out of the territory they +swarmed over through treacherous breaking of treaties. + + +107.--The need of training in Infantry Combat Principles. + +That day the infantry will come again unto its own and its dash and +resolution will insure victory. + +To achieve it, it must be a well trained infantry, in the old sense +of the word. Officers, non-commissioned officers and men must have a +thorough and practical knowledge of Infantry Combat Principles. + +These should be practiced in the intervals of trench service when the +battalion is in rest billets. + +Their theory should be thoroughly mastered by all on whom may devolve +responsibility. + + +108.--The two phases of the Combat. + +We shall study here the two principal phases of the combat: the +approach and the attack, from the point of view of the company +commander. + + +109.--The Defense. + +We shall also consider the Combat from the standpoint of the Defense. + + + + +THE APPROACH. + + +110.--All maneuvering at close range impossible. + +In the attack, the infantry can proceed only straight ahead. Under +infantry fire all maneuvering is impossible. Therefore by "approach" is +meant all maneuvering preparatory to the attack: It brings the troops +directly in front of and as near as possible to the objective. + + + + +PRELIMINARY DISPOSITIONS TO START THE APPROACH. + + +111.--The orders to attack. + +The company commander will receive his orders from the battalion +commander. + + +112.--Equipment and Liaison. + +In the meanwhile let the lieutenants: + + a) make sure that the men are fully equipped and + provided with full allotment of ammunition; + + b) appoint and parade connecting files (runners) to + await orders. + + +113.--Distribution of Orders. + +The company commander having received his orders from the battalion +commander, will then call his subordinates and issue his own orders +accordingly, including the formation to be adopted. + + +114.--Combat patrols. + +He will make sure that there are combat patrols on the exposed flank or +flanks and to the front and rear if need be. + +It is well to have combat patrols detach automatically. It may be +understood, once for all, that, without further orders, the first squad +will cover in front, the second to the right, the third to the left, +the fourth to the rear, whenever needed. Still, the officer in charge +should make sure that this arrangement is carried out. + +A combat patrol, if not a full advance guard, will thus always precede +a unit and be the first to take contact with the enemy. + + +115.--Officers as guides. + +The officers serve as guides to their units, until deployment, a +mounted officer in liaison with the advance guard or advanced combat +patrol checking up the itinerary. + + +116.--Keep Close Order as long as possible. + +The advance of a company into an engagement is conducted in close +order, preferably columns of squads, until possible observation by the +enemy or encountering of hostile fire makes it advisable to deploy. + +Deployment should not be premature and should always follow upon the +conditions arising during the progress of the advance. + + + + +PRECAUTIONS AGAINST HOSTILE ARTILLERY. + + + + +AGAINST SILENT ARTILLERY. + + +117.--Nearing artillery which may open fire. + +About two or three miles from the positions liable to be occupied by +the enemy's field artillery, precautions should be taken against the +possibility of its opening fire. + + +118.--Deployment. + +Deployments should be adopted best suited to escape observation: + + +119.--To escape direct observation: + +March in single or double file, the whole section[D] keeping closed up +so as to diminish the number of files seen from the front. + + +120.--Under aeroplane observation: + +Avoid especially the center of roads as they show white, utilize on the +contrary the spaces between cultivated fields of different colors, +make use of all possible cover, trees, shrubs, ditches, embankments. +Always walk in the shade when possible. If hostile aeroplanes are +flying low, halt and lie down on left side, hiding face in elbow. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[D] The French "section" comprises 54 men. It is thus equivalent to 7 +squads, and may be considered as 2 platoons. + + + + +CROSSING A BOMBARDED ZONE. + + +121.--Case I. Artillery opening fire to register. + +A registering fire is easily recognized as the German artillery +registers either with a single percussion shell at a time, or with two +time-shells at three seconds interval. + +In the German field gun, the setting of the angle of sight[E] and of +the elevation[F] involves two operations. + + +122.--Oblique to right then to left. + +Therefore infantry under registering fire should oblique forward +rapidly. + + +123.--Case II: Artillery opening fire for effect. + +The zone has necessarily been previously registered. Such a zone is +easily recognized by the presence of shell holes. + + +124.--Avoid Zone if possible. + +It should be avoided and the advance made on its outskirts. + + +125.--The five cases of fire for effect. + +If this cannot be done and the fire for effect materializes five cases +are to be distinguished as the shells may be: + + 1. Shrapnel shells bursting at right height; + + 2. Shrapnel shells bursting high; + + 3. Time-Fuse high explosive shells bursting at right + height; + + 4. Time-Fuse high explosive shells bursting high; + + 5. Percussion high explosive shells. + + +126.--Case 1. Burst Area of Shrapnel shells bursting at right height. + +The area of burst is about 250 to 300 yards in length and 30 yards in +width, half the bullets falling on the first 50 yards of the beaten +zone. + + +127.--Protective Formation against Shrapnel. + +Advance in line of section, in single or double file keeping as closed +up as possible with 30 yards intervals between sections. + +The second line should be 250 to 300 yards behind the first. + + +128.--Case 2. Shrapnel shells bursting high. + +Much less dangerous than when bursting at right height as initial speed +of bullets is spent. Same formation as for Case 1. + + +129.--Case 3. Burst area of Time-fuse high explosive shells bursting at +right height. + +The area of burst is opposite to that of shrapnel: short depth, large +width, only 7 to 10 yards depths as opposed to 60 to 100 yards in width. + + +130.--Protective Formation against Time-fuse high explosives. + +Advance in line of section, single or double file, keeping as closed up +as possible with 60 to 100 yards intervals between sections. + +The second line may be 15 yards behind the first. + + +131.--Case 4. High explosive shells bursting high. + +The depth of the area of burst is longer than when shells burst at the +right height; therefore widen interval between the lines. + + +132.--Case 5. Burst area of percussion high explosive shells. + +The radius of the explosion is only about 25 yards but the local effect +is intense and the displacement is effective in more than double the +radius. + + +133.--Protective Formation against percussion high explosive shells. + +Advance in line of section in double file, keeping as closed up as +possible, with about 100 yards intervals between sections. + +The second line may be about 50 yards behind the first. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[E] Inclination of the line of sight to the horizontal. + +[F] The vertical inclination of the gun. + + + + +GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS AGAINST ALL TYPES OF EFFECTIVE FIRE. + + +134.--Dangerous to stop, useless to run. + +Do not stop in a zone under fire for effect as lying down only provides +a larger target. If absolutely obliged to stop, remain standing +and packed together like sardines, maintaining above formations and +intervals. It is useless to run, but, as much as possible, advance +steadily. + + +135.--Protective Formation against all types of shells. + +As may appear from the study of the above the following formation +and intervals will afford the best protection against all types and +combinations of types of shells, as a shell will never affect more than +one section. + +Advance in lines of sections in double file, keeping as closed up as +possible, with 85 to 110 yards intervals[G] between sections. + +The second line should be 250 to 300 yards behind the first. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[G] All through this chapter, maximum intervals are given. They may +have to be shortened to secure closer order at the expense of greater +safety. + + + + +SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE APPROACH. + + + + +USE OF WOODS AS SHELTER ON THE ADVANCE. + + +136.--Avoid if small. + +They should be used to advance or halt only if they are of considerable +size. Then, they hide movements and provide some shelter from fire. On +the contrary, when they are small, they are to be avoided as they draw +artillery fire and do not offer sufficient protection. + + +137.--Liaison difficult. + +When advancing in woods, special care should be taken to keep all +fractions connected. + + +138.--Exit quickly at one time. + +To exit from wood, take all necessary dispositions under cover so that, +on the signal of the commander, all fractions may be ready to spring +out together. They should continue to advance forward, as rapidly as +possible, to avoid the enemy's likely shelling of the outskirts. + + +138.--Otherwise exit in different places. + +If the exit cannot be made by all fractions at one time, the elements +of the second line should avoid coming out at the same point as those +of the first line. + + + + +TO CROSS A CREST. + + +139.--Cross altogether and rapidly. + +Let the line of sections assemble at top of crest, crouching carefully +below the sky line. Then, upon concerted signal, all should leap +quickly across and down the descending slope, making as extended bounds +as possible. + +This makes crossing fairly safe as even the infantry will have to +modify both its elevation and angle of sight for every new position of +this quickly moving target. + + + + +PRECAUTIONS AGAINST CAVALRY. + + +140.--Cavalry Patrols. + +During the whole "approach" watch should be kept for possible cavalry +patrols. The elements acting as advance guard and flank guards or +as combat patrols have as part of their special mission to keep the +cavalry away from the main body. + + +141.--Face and Fire. + +To repulse cavalry, the infantry must be able to face quickly toward +the charging horsemen and furnish a heavy fire. + + +142.--Protective formations. + +If cavalry patrols are expected ahead, deployment as skirmishers will +secure this, if on the flanks, deploy in columns of squads marching in +double file. A formation in echelon is effective at all times. + + +143.--Repulsing the charge. + +If cavalry appears, stop, face the charge quickly, fix bayonets and +fire at will, the section leaders controlling the fire. + + +144.--In case of surprise. + +If surprised, deploy quickly and lie down. + + + + +THE ATTACK. + + + + +THE TERMINATION OF THE APPROACH. + + +145.--The Objective. + +The standard objective of a battalion is a maximum front of 550 yards. + + +146.--Determination of the Objective. + +On nearing the objective the battalion commander reconnoiters rapidly +to determine the number of companies to put in the front line and the +part of the objective to be assigned to each. + + +147.--Horses sent back. + +Mounted officers now send back their horses to reserve battalion. + + +148.--Assignment of position to companies. + +The battalion commander assigns to each company its part of the +objective and the position from which it is to start the attack. + + +149.--Getting into position for the attack. + +The orders are given verbally by the battalion commander to the +captains and by the captains to the company usually through the platoon +leaders as the company is not in close order. + + +150.--Deployment before infantry fire. + +As soon as the zone swept by the infantry fire of the enemy is reached +(about 1000 yards) deployment as skirmishers becomes imperative. + + +151.--Methods of advance. + +Keep on advancing toward positions for the attack by fractions, varying +method according to the terrain; short rushes, crawling, making use of +all possible cover. + + +152.--Position of officers. + +The battalion commander and the captains march with the supports, the +battalion commander controlling the despatch of reinforcements. As +soon as the supports are all sent forward they march with the fraction +nearest the enemy. + + +153.--Liaison. + +A connecting file (runner) accompanies the battalion commander and each +of the captains. + + + + +THE FIRE ATTACK. + + +154.--The time to fire. + +It is determined by the casualties. + + +155.--The order to fire. + +It is given by the captains; (only in case of extreme emergency by a +subaltern.) + + +156.--Fire Control. + +The section leaders, under the direction of the captain; control the +fire: classes of firing, volley firing, firing at will; the target (the +nearest hostile troops within the sector of the objective being the +usual target); the range, the opening and cessation of fire in volley +fire. + + +157.--Fire observation. + +The section leaders are helped in their observation of the fire effect +by observers standing besides them. The fire is usually directed +independently by section or half section. + + +158.--Verification of range. + +In principle, the corporals do not take part in the fire but verify +the range and direction of the fire of their respective squads. + + + + +ADVANCING THE FIRING LINE. + + +159.--Methods of advance. + +To advance the firing line in attack, all means are good: by section, +half-section, squad, the only condition being that it be by commanded +fractions. + + +160.--Closing in to replace casualties. + +As men fall, the rest close in toward the section leader, the sections +rectifying intervals on the sections furthest advanced (the captain is +with this section, all sections being now in line.) + + +161.--Closing in on the battalion front. + +The several companies rectify intervals in the same way on the furthest +advanced company (the battalion commander being with this company). + + +162.--Seize every opportunity to advance. + +Every propitious occasion to advance should be seized at once by the +various elements of the line: greater effectiveness of the neighboring +section's fire, slackening fire of the enemy, effects of artillery, +etc. + + +163.--Each fraction protects advance of neighbor. + +The movement forward of each fraction of the line should be protected +by the fire of the neighboring fraction. + + +164.--Keep fit to fire accurately. + +The fraction leader, after each rush forward, should give time to the +men to get back their breath so that they may fire with careful aim. + + +165.--Liaison with the Captain. + +The captain should be kept informed by a conventional signal as to the +need of ammunition, etc. + + + + +USE OF MACHINE GUNS IN THE ATTACK. + + +166.--During the Approach. + +Use them judiciously but boldly. They should advance as first units. + + +167.--During the fire attack. + +Strive to keep abreast or ahead of the most advanced elements +especially on the flanks. + + +168.--During the charge. + +Try to have them reach the objective with the firing line and +contribute to the pursuit. + + + + +THE COMPANY SUPPORTS. + + +169.--In liaison with the captain. + +The sections kept in support are at the disposition of the captain. + + +170.--Method of advance. + +Under the command of the section leader, they advance, in double file, +at proper intervals or deployed, according to their proximity to the +enemy and according to the terrain (covered or uncovered). + + +171.--Distance from the firing line. + +They should be about 250 yards behind the firing line to whose +movements they conform. + + +172.--Supplying the firing line. + +The section leaders keep in sight of the captain and upon his signaled +command advance into the firing line either to fill up a gap or to +reinforce a section. + + +173.--When filling a gap. + +They advance as far as possible ahead of the line. + + +174.--Reinforcing. + +They come up with a rush and shout to rehearten the line. + + + + +THE COMPANIES IN SUPPORT. + + +175.--Position. + +They are kept out of range of the enemy's fire upon the firing line but +near enough to interfere as soon as called upon. + + +176.--Liaison with battalion commander. + +The captains keep in touch with the battalion commander. + + +177.--Advance into action. + +These companies advance into the fire zone with the necessary +precautions, either by fractions or entire, taking advantage of +favorable conditions: inefficiency of the enemy's fire, effectiveness +of the firing line, etc. + + + + +THE CHARGE. + + +178.--The final aim. + +The charge is the final aim of the whole attack. Its success means the +defeat of the enemy. + + +179.--Caution. + +It should not be launched too soon. + + +180.--By whom ordered. + +The order may come directly from the commander of the attacking line or +be solicited by any of his subordinates. + + +181.--Method of advance. + +Fix bayonets, advance, stop to fire, advance again, but always so as to +arrive on the enemy's position without being out of breath. + + + + +THE PURSUIT. + + +182.--One essential rule. + +It should be vigorously pressed. + + +183.--Organize new position. + +In the meanwhile the conquered position should be organized. + + + + +SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE ATTACK. + + + + +ATTACK OF A WOOD. + + +184.--First objective. + +In the attack of a wood, the first objective should be the outskirts. +Concentrate the first effort on the salients. + + +185.--Method of Advance. + +As soon as the wood is penetrated, advance quickly forward, utilizing +all roads, paths and trails. The company advances by sections or half +sections, in single or double file, preceded by strong patrols. + +Every effort should be made to close in with the bayonet. + + +186.--Outflanking. + +The companies or fractions on the flank strive to outflank the enemy so +as to attack him on the flank or from behind. + + +187.--Frontal Attack. + +The companies or fractions in the center try to get across the wood as +quickly as possible, or, at least, to reach a clearing. + + + + +ATTACK OF A VILLAGE. + + +188.--First Objective. + +In the attack of a village, the first objective should be the nearest +outskirt. + + +189.--Organize. + +Consolidate this first position as soon as conquered. Signal to the +artillery to lengthen the range. + + +190.--Frontal attack. + +Then try to gain as rapidly as possible the opposite end. + + +191.--Outflanking. + +The flanking units endeavor to encircle the objective. + + +192.--Against interior defense. + +If the defense has been strongly organized inside the village, fight +forward step by step. Blow up the obstacles with explosives. + + +193.--Cooperation of Artillery. + +Have artillery bring up a few guns within close range. + + + + +ATTACK OF A DEFILE. + + +194.--When defended in front. + +If it is defended in front, try to advance rapidly by one or both +flanks, small fractions only attacking on the valley bottom, while the +greater part of the attacking force progresses on the heights on either +side, the flanks striving to keep forward so as to reach the other end +before the defenders and encircle them. + + +195.--When defended in rear. + +If the defile is defended at the farther end, as in the case of a +bridge, echelon units (properly covered) for heavy concentrated fire +from the bank held and cross the bridge on the run and in small groups. + + + + +NIGHT ATTACKS. + + +196.--Of limited scope. + +They must be confined to simple movements over easy ground. + + +197.--Orders to be given. + +They must be carefully prepared secretly beforehand in every detail. +The orders must include detailed particulars on the role of each unit +or fraction of units, precise data on the rallying points and on the +signals to be used. + + +198.--Small units used. + +For many reasons, chief among which is the difficulty of handling large +units at night and maintaining contact, small units should be used. + + +199.--A battalion the maximum. + +The fire of the adversary being negligible at night, there is seldom +any advantage in putting more than a battalion in line against a given +objective, the quality, discipline and cohesion of the troops making up +for the number. + + +200.--Special precaution. + +Before beginning the approach, carefully secure all arms and utensils +so as to prevent noise. Fix bayonets. + + +201.--Method of advance. + +Walk in double files on sides of roads, never in the center. Otherwise +as long as practicable, in columns of squads. + + +202.--Liaison. + +Commands are to be transmitted in a low voice by connecting files. + + +203.--To secure surprise. + +Keep absolute silence. Forbid all lights. No smoking allowed. + + +204.--Reconnaissance. + +The itinerary should be reconnoitered beforehand, if possible, and +index stakes planted; otherwise an officer should precede with a +luminous compass and men to plant the stakes. + + +205.--No fire before charge. + +Do not answer the enemy's fire until the charge. + + +206.--Quickness essential. + +Success depends above all on the rapidity and continuity of the +advance. Get there as quickly as possible. + + + + +THE DEFENSE. + +DEFENSE OF POINTS d'APPUIS: WOODS, VILLAGES, DEFILES. + + + + +DEFENSE OF WOODS. + + +207.--Distribution of Troops. + +The commander should distribute his command so as to provide a defense +of the outskirts, an interior defense and reserves for a counter attack. + + +208.--The outskirt defense. + +The outskirts defense troops should organize their positions and remain +hidden near the combat emplacements until the attack is announced as +impending by their sentinels. + + +209.--The interior defense. + +The interior defense troops should organize their positions (abatis, +barb-wire) on the edges of clearings and other open spaces so as to +secure convergent fire. + + +210.--The Reserves. + +The counter-attack reserves should be placed in the rear and on the +outside of the flank best suited for launching a counter attack. They +should proceed to organize the ground so as to prevent the enemy from +issuing from the wood, and should strive to keep on. + + + + +DEFENSE OF A VILLAGE. + + +211.--Distribution of Troops. + +The same as for the defense of a wood. + + +212.--The exits. + +The outskirts defense organization should include trenches and +accessory defences before all the exits. These should be strongly +barricaded. + + +213.--Interior strong point. + +The interior defense should be organized about the houses most strongly +built and least visible to the enemy's artillery. It should include +hidden communications between these strong points, thus facilitating a +prolonged defense. + + +214.--Special precautions. + +The streets should be barricaded and loopholes provided in the walls of +the houses. Precautions should be taken against fire: pails of water, +boxes of sand provided in the houses. + + + + +DEFENSE OF A DEFILE. + + +215.--To keep the exits open for an advance. + +If the aim is to keep the exits open so as to permit the advance of +troops, the defense should be organized at some distance in front of +the defile: far enough to permit the unimpeded progress of the advance. + + +216.--To keep exits open for a retreat. + +If the aim is to keep the exits open so as to cover the retreat of +troops, the roads at the bottom of the defile should be left free and +the defense troops so placed as to draw the enemy's fire on other +points. + + +217.--To block the defile. + +If the aim is to block the defile, the defense should be organized +in the interior of the defile on both sides of the place of greatest +width, so as to secure convergence of fire. Echelon detachments all +along the defile to act as a rear guard in case a retreat is necessary. +Keep the flanks well protected. + + + + +NIGHT DEFENSE OF A POSITION + + +218.--Precautions against attack. + +Attack should be guarded against by accumulating obstacles and the +defense further prepared by previous reconnoitering of the best ground +for counter-attacks. + + +219.--Receive with violent fire and immediate counterattacks. + +The enemy's charge should be met with a violent fire at the shortest +possible range, followed immediately by counter-attacks with the +bayonet, especially on the flanks. + + + + +THE COUNTER ATTACK. + + +220.--Confine to definite Objective. + +Indicate the objective very definitely including the position to be +reached but not gone beyond. + +Its direction should not interfere with the fire of neighboring troops. + + +221.--Necessary Reconnaissance. + +The Counter Attack should be prepared cautiously and the itinerary +carefully, even if rapidly, reconnoitered. (This may have been done as +part of the preparation of the defense. It should be done with special +care if the counter-attack is to take place at night.) + + +222.--Watch for opportunity. + +It may be decided upon independently of the incidents of the defense or +to take advantage of the mistakes or weakness of the adversary. + + +223.--Counter from short distance. + +The most favorable moment is when the enemy is within a short distance +and its artillery consequently obliged to stop or to lengthen its fire. + + +224.--Sudden and intense fire. + +It should be launched suddenly so as to surprise the enemy and pushed +vigorously, the fire being increased to great intensity along the whole +front. + + +225.--Rapid and continuous advance. + +Rapidity and continuity of advance is essential. + + +226.--Bayonet charge. + +Its culmination is the bayonet charge against the prescribed definite +objective. + + +227.--Stop! + +Hold this objective once conquered but do not go beyond. + + +228.--Dash under Discipline. + +Let the motto be always, but here especially: "DASH UNDER DISCIPLINE." + + + + +QUESTIONS. + + + The following questions cover the principles of + combat in open warfare. These principles have been + supplemented rather than changed in the light of + experience since 1914. In their original form, as + given in this book, they still may be considered as + fundamental. Compare them carefully with the treatment + of the same topics in the larger works recommended. The + questions are shaped to cover the topics supplemented. + +1.--What is the difference between "trench warfare" and "open warfare"? + +2.--What is meant by the "combat"? + +3.--What are the two phases of the combat? + +4.--What is the distinction between "the approach" and the "attack"? + +5.--Why is maneuvering impossible under infantry fire? + +6.--What is the purpose of the approach? + +7.--How are orders issued? + +8.--How is liaison secured? + +9.--What were the original functions of combat patrols? + +10.--When should close order be abandoned for deployment? + +11.--At what distance from the enemy does deployment become imperative? + +12.--What is the last formation to escape direct observation? + +13.--What precautions may be taken against aeroplane observations? + +14.--What is the difference between a registering fire and fire for +effect? + +15.--How may the German registering fire be recognized? + +16.--What precaution may be taken against it and why is it effective? + +17.--What preliminaries are necessary to open fire for effect? + +18.--What is an easy way to recognize whether fire for effect may be +expected? + +19.--What five cases of fire may be distinguished? + +20.--What is the burst area of a shrapnel shell? + +21.--What is the safest protective formation against shrapnel? + +22.--What is the difference between a shrapnel shell, a time-fuse high +explosive shell and a percussion high explosive shell? + +23.--What is the burst area of a time-fuse high explosive shell? + +24.--What is the safest protective formation against it? + +25.--What is the burst area of percussion high explosive shells, and +what precautions can be taken against them? + +26.--What is the safest protective formation against all types of +shells? + +27.--What objections may it be open to? + +28.--What is the safest way and direction to go when under artillery +fire? + +29.--Why should small woods be avoided? + +30.--In large woods, what precautions must be taken to secure a steady +advance? + +31.--How should the exit from a wood be made? + +32.--Describe method of crossing a crest. + +33.--What are good protective formations against cavalry and how is it +repulsed? + +34.--What elements have the mission to deal with cavalry patrols? + +35.--What is meant by "the objective" in attack? + +36.--What is the distinction between determining the objective and the +position from which to start the attack? + +37.--What is the distinction between "the approach" and getting into +position for the attack? + +38.--At what distance from the enemy does deployment as skirmishers +become imperative? + +39.--Describe method of advance toward positions for the attack. + +40.--Where should the officers be during this advance? + +41.--How is liaison (communication) secured between the various +commands? + +42.--What is meant by the fire attack? + +44.--How is the time to fire determined? + +45.--How are fire control and fire effect secured? + +46.--How is the firing line advanced? + +47.--How is it rectified? + +48.--Why should care be taken not to have men out of breath? + +49.--How should machine guns be made to contribute to the approach, +the fire attack, the charge? + +50.--How far should the company supports be from the firing line? + +51.--Who commands them? + +52.--How is the firing line reinforced? + +53.--Describe the company supports going into the line to fill up a +gap, to reinforce a section. + +54.--Describe position and behavior of companies in support. + +55.--What is the final stage of the whole attack? + +56.--Who orders the charge and how is it made? + +57.--What is the difference between the charge and the pursuit? + +58.--What should be done with a newly conquered position? + +59.--What is the first objective in attacking a wood? + +60.--How does the aim of the troops on the wings differ from that of +those in the center? + +62.--Distinguish the different objectives in the attack of a village. + +63.--Describe the attack to proceed through a defile in which the enemy +is located. + +64.--Describe the attack of a bridge. + +65.--Why should night attacks be of limited scope? + +66.--What special precautions should be taken? + +67.--What is the largest unit advisable? + +68.--How is surprise secured? + +69.--Describe the methods of reconnaissance, advance and liaison for a +night attack. + +70.--Should the enemy's fire be answered in a night attack? + +71.--What does the success of a night attack chiefly depend on? + +72.--How should troops be distributed for the defense of woods and what +is the function of each? + +73.--Describe the distribution of troops for the defense of a village. + +74.--How should the outskirts defense be organized? + +75.--Describe the interior defense. + +76.--How can a defile be kept open for an advance? + +77.--How can a defile be safeguarded for a retreat? + +78.--Give necessary orders for the blocking of a defile. + +79.--Why should reconnoitering for counter attacks always be part of +the organization for defense. + +80.--Describe repulse of a night attack. + +81.--Is an attack ever advisable without previous reconnaissance? + +82.--Explain the importance of understanding the exact objective in a +counterattack. + +83.--What is the best time to launch a counter attack? + +84.--What precautions must be taken to secure the success of a counter +attack? + +85.--What is a good motto under all conditions, but especially in the +attack? + + + + + Appendix. + + A Division Front in + Trench Warfare. + + + + +EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. + + +The following may be considered a standard scheme of distribution of +troops, for trench warfare, in a fully developed trench system. + +An infantry division is composed of two brigades, each brigade of two +regiments, each regiment of three battalions. Each brigade thus has six +battalions, each battalion numbering 1026 officers and men, normally +divided into four companies. + +One battalion occupies about 1000 yards in ordinary trench warfare. As +reliefs must be frequent, three battalions of each brigade will be on +duty, while the other three are in rest-billets, at least two miles +back of the trenches. + +Two of the battalions on duty occupy the trenches, the third is +stationed about a mile back, in reserve. + +A brigade can therefore hold about 2000 yards of trenches: two +battalions in front line trenches, one battalion in reserve, and three +battalions in rest billets. + +Hence a division (two brigades) will hold a front of about 4000 yards. + +Within each 1000 yards front, the distribution may be as follows: + +Three platoons of Companies A, B, and C occupy the dugouts of the cover +trench and of the support trench and post sentinels by roster in the +fire trench. + +Platoon No. 4 of each company occupy the dugouts of the reserve trench, +together with the entire Company D. + +Platoons and companies then relieve one another according to roster, +a platoon of each company and an entire company, in turn, enjoying +comparative rest in the reserve trench even during the stay of the +battalion in the trenches. + + + + +EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. + + +The following is a description of the back areas of a divisional sector +in which there has been no great changes since 1915. There are still +several hundred miles of such sectors. + +The line at the top marks the beginning of the trench-system described +in Plate I. being the entrance to the communication trenches. + +Road a, b, with the river c, d, run at the bottom of a small valley +surrounded by hills of about 80 ft. elevation. A branch of the river +runs from c. to e. and a railroad beside it, along road h, i, and +crossing road j, k. A good size village is at D, a smaller one at C, +hamlets at A and B. The latter are about one mile back of the trenches, +village C. about two miles and village D. between three and four. + +Hamlets A and B have probably been heavily bombarded at the time line +was established and have been evacuated by the civilians. Village +C. has received shells, but, if there has been no big attack in the +sector, is in fair shape and some of the inhabitants remain. Village D. +may also have suffered from shells but probably most of the inhabitants +remain. Such villages may be clusters of farms or of cottages, +depending upon the region. If village is made up of cottages, farm +houses will be found along the roads at frequent intervals. The fields +are likely to be under cultivation almost as far as road k, l. + +Villages A, B, C are used to billet the battalion in reserve of each +brigade. Village D. and the nearest villages further back are used as +rest-billets by the battalions of the brigades who will relieve those +in the trenches. + +Near or in villages A, B and C or near hill E and G are located the +transports of the infantry battalions in the trenches. Supplies are +sent daily to the trenches from this headquarters of the quartermaster +and transport officer. + +Somewhere along road k, l, or about hills E and G are hidden in gun +pits the batteries of field artillery attached to the division. The men +live in dugouts alongside. The camps for the horses, wagons and supply +headquarters of these batteries are hidden in the woods or on the +further slopes of hills E, F, G. + +In village D are very likely located the Brigades' headquarters +and such services as the Field Ambulance and the Divisional Supply +Departments. The Y. M. C. A. recreation centers, divisional theatre, +football fields, army canteens etc., are also located in village D +or just back of it. If the houses in the villages do not provide +enough billets, huts and tents are erected. Otherwise the officers are +billeted in the houses of the inhabitants and the men in the barns. + +The Divisional Headquarters, the Ammunition Column, the Artillery +Brigade Headquarters, the Engineers, the Ammunition Dumps, etc., are +strung out in the villages and along the roads just back of village D. +The heavier artillery is also posted back of this line. + +In sectors that have been the scenes of offensives the several elements +remain in the same relation, but as the villages have been obliterated, +shelters must be provided. [The Editor.] + +[Illustration: PLATE I--DIVISION FRONT--4000 yards (Trench System)] + +[Illustration: PLATE II--DIVISION FRONT (Back Areas)] + + + + + * * * * * + + + + +Transcriber's note: + +Varied hyphenation was retained, for example as fire trench and +fire-trench, and counter attack, counterattack and counter-attack. + +Obvious punctuation errors were corrected. + +Page 3, Table of Contents, "74" changed to "73" to reflect the heading +of "THE CHARGE." + +Page 3, Table of Contents, "78" changed to "77" to reflect the heading +of "NIGHT ATTACKS." + +Page 3, Table of Contents, "74" changed to "83" to reflect the heading +of "THE COUNTER ATTACK." + +Page 7, "resourcefulnes" changed to "resourcefulness" (and +resourcefulness) + +Page 12, final item under "3.--On the day of the relief" was formatted +to match the rest of the items. In the original it was typeset as a +paragraph instead of as an item with a hanging indent. + +Page 26, "offlcers" changed to "officers" (many reserve officers) + +Page 56, "preceed" changed to "precede" (always precede a unit) + +Page 63, a footnote marker was added to the text (110 yards +intervals[G] between) + +Page 66, "controling" changed to "controlling" (the section leaders +controlling) + +Page 68, "controling" changed to "controlling" (commander controlling +the) + +Page 78, "or" changed to "of" (files on sides of) + +Page 87, "shapnel" changed to "shrapnel" (shrapnel shell, a time-fuse) + +Page 89, there is no question 43 on the list. This was retained as +printed. + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HANDY WAR GUIDE FOR MY COMPANY*** + + +******* This file should be named 44370-8.txt or 44370-8.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/4/4/3/7/44370 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/44370-8.zip b/old/44370-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4fc1944 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44370-8.zip diff --git a/old/44370-h.zip b/old/44370-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a920022 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44370-h.zip diff --git a/old/44370-h/44370-h.htm b/old/44370-h/44370-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9f130e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44370-h/44370-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,4322 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> +<head> +<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" /> +<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Handy War Guide for My Company, by André Godefroy Lionel Hanguillart</title> + <style type="text/css"> + +body { + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + + h1,h2,h3,h4 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; +} + +p { + margin-top: .75em; + text-align: justify; + text-indent: 1.25em; + margin-bottom: .75em; +} + + + .copyright {text-align: center; font-size: 70%;} + .sub {font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; text-align: left; margin-top: 2em; text-indent: -3em; margin-left: 3em;} + .author {font-size: 120%; text-align: center;} + .hang2 {text-indent: -3em; margin-left: 6em;} + .hang3 {text-indent: -1em; margin-left: 3em;} + + + .sig {margin-right: 10%; text-align: right;} + + + img {border: 0;} + .tnote {border: dashed 1px; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; padding-bottom: .5em; padding-top: .5em; + padding-left: .5em; padding-right: .5em;} + +hr { + width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; +} + +hr.chap {width: 65%} + +table { + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; +} + +.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; +} /* page numbers */ + + + +.blockquot { + margin-left: 5%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + + +.center {text-align: center;} + +.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + +.caption {font-weight: bold; font-size: 90%;} + +/* Images */ +.figcenter { + margin: auto; + text-align: center; +} + +/* Footnotes */ + .footnotes {border: dashed 1px;} + .footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} + .fnanchor {vertical-align:baseline; + position: relative; + bottom: 0.33em; + font-size: .8em; + text-decoration: none;} + + hr.full { width: 100%; + margin-top: 3em; + margin-bottom: 0em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + height: 4px; + border-width: 4px 0 0 0; /* remove all borders except the top one */ + border-style: solid; + border-color: #000000; + clear: both; } + </style> +</head> +<body> +<h1>The Project Gutenberg eBook, Handy War Guide for My Company, by André +Godefroy Lionel Hanguillart, Edited by Louis Joseph Alexandre Mercier, +Translated by Louis Joseph Alexandre Mercier</h1> +<p>This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at <a +href="http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></p> +<p>Title: Handy War Guide for My Company</p> +<p> Handy Company Commander's Guide</p> +<p>Author: André Godefroy Lionel Hanguillart</p> +<p>Editor: Louis Joseph Alexandre Mercier</p> +<p>Release Date: December 6, 2013 [eBook #44370]</p> +<p>Language: English</p> +<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p> +<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HANDY WAR GUIDE FOR MY COMPANY***</p> +<p> </p> +<h4>E-text prepared by Emmy<br /> + and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br /> + (<a href="http://www.pgdp.net">http://www.pgdp.net</a>)<br /> + from page images generously made available by<br /> + Internet Archive<br /> + (<a href="https://archive.org">https://archive.org</a>)</h4> +<p> </p> +<table border="0" style="background-color: #ccccff;margin: 0 auto;" cellpadding="10"> + <tr> + <td valign="top"> + Note: + </td> + <td> + Images of the original pages are available through + Internet Archive. See + <a href="https://archive.org/details/handywarguidefor00hang"> + https://archive.org/details/handywarguidefor00hang</a> + </td> + </tr> +</table> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p> </p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 434px;"> +<img src="images/cover.jpg" width="434" height="800" alt="cover" /> +</div> +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[1]</a></span></p> + + + +<h1><small>HANDY</small><br /> +WAR GUIDE FOR<br /> +MY COMPANY</h1> + +<div class='center'> +Handy Company Commander's Guide<br /> +<br /> +Written at the front by<br /> +<br /> +<span class='author'><span class="smcap">Captain Hanguillart</span></span><br /> + +<i>of the French Army</i><br /> +<br /><br /><br /> +Translated and edited by<br /> +<br /> +<span class='author'><span class="smcap">Louis J. A. Mercier, A.M.</span></span><br /> +<br /> +<i>First Lieutenant, Harvard R. O. T. C.<br /> +Interpreter with British Expeditionary Force on the<br /> +French Front 1914-17.</i><br /> +<br /><br />————————<br /> +"<i>DASH UNDER DISCIPLINE</i>"<br /> +————————<br /><br /><br /> +Copyright, 1918<br /> +by<br /> +<small>R. D. CORTINA COMPANY.</small><br /> +<br /><br /> +<b>The Cortina Academy of Languages<br /> +New York<br /> +1918</b><br /> +</div> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[2]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>TABLE.</h2> + + + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="Contents"> +<tr><td align="left">Preface</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_5">5</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><br /><b>Part I.</b><br /><b>Trench Life and Trench Warfare</b></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Taking over the Trenches</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_11">11</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Care and Improvement of the Trenches</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_14">14</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Watch from the Trenches</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_17">17</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Patrolling</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_22">22</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Interrogating Prisoners</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_25">25</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Devices to draw the Enemy's Fire</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_28">28</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">An Attack, the Repulse</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_32">32</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Counter-Attack</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_34">34</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Precautions against Enemy's Artillery</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_36">36</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Use of Trench Artillery</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_37">37</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Field Artillery Cooperation</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_39">39</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Daily Schedule</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_41">41</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Turning over the Trenches</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_43">43</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Out of the Trenches</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_44">44</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Topical Questions on Part I</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_46">46</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><br /><b>Part II.</b><br /><b>French Infantry Combat Principles.</b></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[3]</a></span>Open Warfare</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_53">53</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Approach</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_55">55</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Precautions against Silent Artillery</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_58">58</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Crossing a Bombarded Zone</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_59">59</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Use of Woods as Shelter</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_64">64</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">To Cross a Crest</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_65">65</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Fire Attack</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_69">69</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Precautions against Cavalry</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_65">65</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Termination of the Approach</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_67">67</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Use of Machine Guns</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_71">71</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Company Supports</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_72">72</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Companies in Support</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_73">73</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Charge and the Pursuit</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_73">73</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Attack of a Wood</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_75">75</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Attack of a Village</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_76">76</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Attack of a Defile</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_77">77</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Night Attacks</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_77">77</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Defense of Woods</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_80">80</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Defense of a Village</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_81">81</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Defense of a Defile</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_82">82</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Night Defense of a Position</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_83">83</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The Counter Attack</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_83">83</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Topical Questions on Part II</td><td align='right'><a href="#Page_86">86</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align='center'><br /><b><a href="#Appendix">Appendix</a></b><br /><b>A Division Front in Trench Warfare.</b></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#Page_99">The Trench System</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#Page_100">The Back Areas</a></td></tr> +</table></div> +<hr class="chap" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[4]</a></span></p> + + + + +<div class='copyright'> +<span class="smcap">Printed in the United States of America<br /> +By THE INTERNATIONAL PRESS<br /> +150 Lafayette Street<br /> +New York City</span><br /> +</div> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[5]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>PREFACE.</h2> + + +<p>The first part of Captain Hanguillart's +little book "<i>Petit Guide pratique +de Guerre pour ma compagnie</i>" +has been incorporated in the new +manuals of instruction published for +the young recruits of the French army +by the official military publishing +house "Librairie Militaire Berger-Levrault," +the editors of the "Annuaire +officiel de l'Armée."<a name="FNanchor_A_1" id="FNanchor_A_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_A_1" class="fnanchor">[A]</a></p> + +<p>Its special value comes from the +fact that it was written at the front +and is wholly based on the orders +which Captain Hanguillart drew up +for the instruction of his own company +and tested repeatedly through actual +experience.</p> + +<p>Thus its very omissions are significant.</p> + +<p>The text as it stands represents +essentials.</p> + +<p>Its every paragraph is a unit of tried +advice.</p> + +<p><b>It embodies the practical data that +has secured results.</b></p> + +<p><b>It sums up the cautions that have +saved lives.</b></p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[6]</a></span></p> + +<p>In the second part, Captain Hanguillart +has merely reproduced the +French Infantry Combat principles +long published in the official manual +for the instruction of platoon leaders.</p> + +<p>In presenting this little work, no +claim is made that it is adequate to +the complete instruction of company +commanders.</p> + +<div class='blockquot'>Its obvious supplements are such +works as: Colonel Paul Azan—<i>The +War of Position</i>.</div> + +<div class='blockquot'><i>The Army War College</i>—Translation +of the French Manual for Commanders +of Infantry Platoons.</div> + +<div class='blockquot'>Cole and Schoonmaker—<i>Military Instructors +Manual</i>.</div> + +<div class='blockquot'>Major J. A. Moss—<i>Manual of Military +Training</i>.</div> + +<div class='blockquot'><i>U. S. A. Infantry Drill Regulations.</i></div> + +<p>Captain Hanguillart's book should +be carefully compared with these. But +because of its peculiar origin it has +for the officer a value not possessed +by other books on this subject.</p> + +<p>It gives what a company commander +<b>actually found essential</b>.</p> + +<p>Furthermore, it corresponds to the +booklets published in France which are +placed in the hands of every recruit.</p> + +<p>Every officer should have full knowledge<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[7]</a></span> +of his specialty, but <b>every private</b> +should understand the essential concerns +of his officers so as to appreciate +orders the more readily.</p> + +<p>The army of democracy should be +an intelligent thinking army.</p> + +<p>Such little books have helped to give +the French poilu his famed self-reliance +and resourcefulness.</p> + +<p>It is the hope of the publishers that +this translation may help to do the +same for his American comrades.</p> + +<p>The publishers also believe that the +book offers just the information needed +by civilians to follow intelligently reports +of military operations and of +life at the front.</p> + +<p>The editor has felt it his duty in rearranging +the loose notes of Captain +Hanguillart to respect scrupulously +the text, though, at times, the best +way to do so was through a free translation.</p> + +<p>The paragraphs have been numbered +and questions and diagrams added to +facilitate assimilation.</p> + + +<div class='sig'>L.J.A.M.</div> +<p>Cambridge, Mass.</p> +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTE:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_A_1" id="Footnote_A_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_A_1">[A]</a> Cf Chapuis. <i>Instruction théorique +et générale du soldat pour la période +de guerre.</i> 27<sup>e</sup> édition, January 1917.</p></div></div> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[8]</a><br /><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[9]</a></span></p> + + +<h2> +Part I.<br /> +<br /> +Trench Life and Trench<br /> +Warfare.<br /> +</h2> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[10]</a><br /><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[11]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>TRENCH LIFE AND TRENCH +WARFARE.</h2> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + +<h2>TAKING OVER THE TRENCHES.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>1.—Leaving Billets.</div> + +<p>The battalions of a Brigade occupying +a given sector of the front are billeted +when out of the trenches, in the +villages closest to their sector. Cf. <a href="#Appendix">appendix</a>.</p> + +<p>When their turn comes to relieve the +battalions in the trenches, the officers +in charge should have the following +instructions carried out:</p> + + +<div class='sub'>2.—On the day before the relief make +sure:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>That the rifles, bayonets, etc., are in +good condition.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>That the ammunition and reserve +rations are supplied.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>That the equipment of every man is +complete.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>That all officers and N.C.O.'s watches +are set to division time.</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[12]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>3.—On the day of the relief, one hour +before departure:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Have rifles stacked and equipment +laid out outside the billets.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Make sure that nothing is left behind, +that premises are cleaned, all +rubbish burnt, and latrines filled.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Have rifles loaded and with the safety +lock turned to the safe.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Assign an energetic N. C. O. to act +as file closer of each platoon to +prevent straggling.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Call the roll and have it duly forwarded +to the company commander.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>4.—On the way to the trenches:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>If under fire, have units march at +proper intervals (Cf. <a href="#par_117">par. 117ff</a>.)</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Adopt marching order best suitable +to avoid blocking the road.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>At night do not allow smoking.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Exact silence when nearing the +trenches.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Take special precaution at all times +to maintain constant communication +between units, especially at +night and when crossing woods.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>If enemy aeroplanes appear, stop +and keep out of sight as much as +possible. (Cf. <a href="#par_120">par. 120</a>.)</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[13]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>5.—On reaching the trenches:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>The relief should be completed in +silence—without hurry.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Carefully ascertain the orders of the +battalion relieved.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Check up and assign to each unit the +supplies taken over.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Requisition at once additional supplies +and ammunition wanted.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Each platoon should be assigned its +special duties, the duty roster +drawn up for all sentry and patrol +duties, details, etc.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Have all the men locate the enemy +trench as they come on duty and +give them the range.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Inspect the dugouts and assign them.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Forbid all digging under the parapet.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Inspect the latrines. Give strict order +that small amount of dirt be +thrown in after use and that lime +be sprinkled in daily.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>See that the men are provided with +ammunition.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Communication should be insured +between the various units to the +right and left and with the rear.</div> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[14]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>CARE AND IMPROVEMENT OF +THE TRENCHES.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>6.—Improvements:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Investigate the work under way for +the improvement of defense and +prepare plans for further work if +necessary.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Obvious improvements are: making +additional communication trenches, +repairing or completing shelters, +listening posts, mining tunnels, +wire entanglements.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>7.—Ammunition shelters:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>See that there are a sufficient number +of shelters for rifle ammunition, +grenades, rockets and other +supplies.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>8.—Loopholes and Parapet:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Ascertain the conditions of all the +loopholes and have them repaired +if need be. (They should cut the +parapet diagonally and be concealed +in every way possible with +vegetation, branches, and the opening +blocked when not in use.)</div> + +<div class='hang2'><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[15]</a></span></div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Have all damages to the parapet and +to the ground underneath quickly +attended to.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>See that in each section there are +small ladders to permit of easy +access to the top of the parapet.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>See that means are provided to fire +above the parapet in case of an +attack.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>9.—Drainage:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Attend carefully to the drainage. +Have the trench bottom kept convex +with small gutters on either +side running into pits lined with +gabions. If trench bottom is lined +with board walks, keep it in repair. +Have water pits emptied if +necessary.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>10.—Sanitation:</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Have latrines kept in perfect sanitary +order.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Have them filled up and others dug +<b>if need be</b>.</div> + +<div class='hang2'>Have all rubbish collected and carried +out.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>11.—Precautions against capture of +fire-trench.</div> + + + +<div class='hang2'>Prepare for the obstruction of the +communicating trenches in case<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[16]</a></span> +the enemy should capture the +fire trench: Have piles of sand +bags above the entrance of each +trench ready to be dumped into it. +Have chevaux de frise lined up on +one parapet of the trench and all +held up in such a way by a single +wire that when the wire is cut +they will fall into the trench. +Mines can also be prepared to blow +up the trench when invaded. The +communicating trench between +the fire trench and the listening +post should be covered with barbed +wire screens or be tunnelled.</div> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[17]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>THE WATCH FROM THE +TRENCHES.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>12.—Trench Warfare an outpost duty.</div> + +<p>Trench warfare, the inevitable form +of modern warfare, is a continuous series +of outpost duty. Hence it is based +wholly on eternal vigilance. The patrols +correspond to the scouts; the listening +posts to the sentinels; the firing +trench to the outguards; the cover +trench to the supports. The safety of +the sector depends entirely on the vigilance +of the advanced elements and +the rapidity with which supports and +the reserves can be summoned.</p> + +<p>Watching is thus the fundamental +duty in trench warfare.</p> + +<p>The following points should be kept +in mind:</p> + + + + +<h3>AT ALL TIMES</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>13.—Number of men in the fire trench.</div> + +<p>There must be as many sentinels in +each section as is necessary to cover +completely the sector to be watched, no +more, no less, each sentinel being given<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[18]</a></span> +the exact limits (such as tree, copse, +post, etc.) at each end of the line he +should watch.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>14.—Fix bayonets.</div> + +<p>The men on duty should have bayonets +fixed as, in case of a possible surprise, +they are needed for defense. +Otherwise too, fixing bayonets would +be an indication to the enemy of an impending +raid.</p> + + + + +<h3>DURING THE DAY.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'><a id="par_15"></a>15.—Observation of open terrain.</div> + +<p>When the terrain opposite is open +country, the necessary observation may +be done by the smallest possible number +of men. Fire only, if any of the +enemy are sighted. Then, have two +rounds fired, then three. But keep fire +under strict control. (If enemy continues +to approach. Cf. <a href="#par_52">par. 52</a> ff.)</p> + + +<div class='sub'>16.—Observation of covered terrain.</div> + +<p>When the terrain is covered (high +brush wood, copses, trees, etc.) a sharpshooter +in each section should fire occasionally +into the trees, etc., which +may be observation or sharpshooters' +posts but this should not be overdone.</p> + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[19]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3>AT NIGHT.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>17.—Double sentinels.</div> + +<p>Post double sentinels in each section, +each man watching in turn, the other +resting but within call.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>18.—Silence.</div> + +<p>They should refrain from making the +least noise so as to hear and not be +heard.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>19.—No firing when fired upon.</div> + +<p>There should be no firing when the +enemy fires since when the enemy fires, +he does not advance.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>20.—Look and listen.</div> + +<p>They should keep a sharp lookout +but listen even more attentively.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>21.—In the listening posts.</div> + +<p>Sentinels in the listening posts +should listen especially for the noise of +crushed branches, stirring leaves, slight +noise of arms or utensils.</p> + +<p>If enemy is detected, these sentinels +should hasten back to fire trench to +give the alarm quietly so that the +enemy may be surprised.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[20]</a></span></p> + +<p>They should fire only if they are +themselves caught unawares.</p> + +<p>Listening posts should not be too +numerous, about two per battalion.</p> + +<p>If there are no listening posts, patrols +should be sent out to favorable spots +especially at sundown and before sunrise.</p> + + +<div class='sub'><a id="par_22"></a>22.—Enemy sighted or heard, fire.</div> + +<p>If the night is clear and the terrain +is open, proceed as during the day: If +the enemy is sighted or heard, fire in +short volleys. In case of doubt throw +grenades with the first volley.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>23.—Otherwise no firing.</div> + +<p>Otherwise, absolute silence should be +observed. No firing whatever.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>24.—Unless night is dark.</div> + +<p>If the night is dark, to avoid surprise, +keep up firing: One man per section +should fire in turn, from time to +time varying the direction.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>25.—Digging by enemy.</div> + +<p>If digging by the enemy is reported, +cease firing. Have it located, throw +bombs followed by volleys. Notify +sappers for counter mining.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[21]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>26.—Watch for light of enemy's fire.</div> + +<p>If enemy fires, note where light appears.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>27.—Posting of sharpshooters.</div> + +<p>Locate sharpshooters in advantageous +posts behind the trenches (trees, +etc.). Have them fire into the enemy's +listening posts and into the enemy's +trench, especially wherever light appears. +These posts should not be occupied +during the day.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>28.—Patrols.</div> + +<p>Send out patrols, stationary or mobile.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[22]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>PATROLLING.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>29.—Functions of Patrols.</div> + +<p>The aim: to supplement the work +of the listening posts and of the sentinels +through more forward observation. +To discover the movements and +the operations of the enemy. To locate +his emplacements.</p> + +<p>To keep in close touch with the enemy +so as to take advantage of his possible +weaknesses: lack of watchfulness, of +ammunition, of sufficient troops. To +verify, repair and complete advance defences. +To get the exact range of +enemy's positions. To bring back +prisoners.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>30.—Time to patrol.</div> + +<p>Patrols should be on duty through +the night but be specially watchful before +sunrise.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>31.—Assignment of patrol duty.</div> + +<p>N. C. O. and men should be assigned +to patrol duty by roster or as volunteers. +In the former case, if there is<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[23]</a></span> +reason to think that a patrol has not +done its best to secure information, the +same men should be sent out again.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>32.—Sentinels should know about patrols.</div> + +<p>Neighboring companies should be +notified of the departure, route and +probable time of return of patrols. If +several patrols are sent out at the same +time they should know one another's +itinerary.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>33.—Dress and equipment of patrols.</div> + +<p>The men (3 to 5 commanded by N. +C. O.) should carry no impediments +and their dress should not interfere +with ease of movements: sweaters +should be worn instead of overcoats. +The woolen cap or comforter should be +worn as they cover most of the face. +Slits should be cut for the ears that +hearing be not interfered with. The +helmet should always be worn over +comforter. Also dark gloves to hide +the hands. No equipment save the +rifle, the bayonet fixed or carried in +the hand, (no bayonet scabbard), a +few hand grenades.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[24]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>34.—Method of advance.</div> + +<p>Patrols should crawl forward or advance +by short dashes, silently, stop +often and for long periods, listen intently.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>35.—Under flare light.</div> + +<p>If the enemy sends up lighting rockets +(flares) or fires volleys, lie flat on +the ground until he stops.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>36.—Against an hostile patrol.</div> + +<p>If a small hostile patrol approaches, +do the same, throw a stone or two so +as to turn its attention away and take +advantage of this to surprise it. If men +of enemy's patrol give the alarm, kill +them—lie flat on ground during enemy's +volleys which will follow. Then +strip bodies of distinctive uniform +badges, and search for papers, etc. +Otherwise bring men back as prisoners.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>37.—Need of initiative.</div> + +<p>Patrols should exercise initiative, +take advantage of circumstances, in devising +ways of bringing back the greatest +possible amount of useful information.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[25]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>INTERROGATING PRISONERS.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>38.—Information from prisoners.</div> + +<p>One of the chief aims of patrolling +is to bring back prisoners from whom +information may be gathered.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>39.—Its use by General Staff.</div> + +<p>The General Staff is interested to +know the nationality, the division, the +age, etc. of prisoners captured in a given +sector.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>40.—Its use by company commander.</div> + +<p>But these are of little value to the +battalion or company commander. +Hence, when possible, they should ask +the prisoners questions more pertinent +to the organization of the enemy sector +opposite:</p> + + +<div class='sub'>41.—Questions to ask.</div> + +<p>How strongly are your various lines +held?</p> + +<p>Where are the C. O. Post and the +officers' dugouts?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[26]</a></span></p> + +<p>When and by what routes are the +reliefs made, how often and on what +days and at what time. Ask the same +questions for the fatigues.</p> + +<p>At what time are rations brought or +served?</p> + +<p>What is the actual muster of the +company?</p> + +<p>How many regular army officers, +how many reserve officers? What do +the men think of their officers?</p> + +<p>How many advanced posts? How +many men in each, by day and by +night? Do they have grenades and +how are they relieved?</p> + +<p>How many men are sent out on patrol, +how often, at what time, by what +route coming and going? How are they +dressed and armed? What are their +instructions?</p> + +<p>What does the enemy know about +our own patrols?</p> + +<p>Are snipers placed in trees during +the day and at night? If so, what trees +are used. What parts of our sectors +can they see?</p> + +<p>Are they planning any raids? Do +they anticipate raids by us?</p> + +<p>What work are they carrying on during +the day and at night?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[27]</a></span></p> + +<p>Have they any idea of our own activities?</p> + +<p>What is the nature and the location +of their accessory defences?</p> + +<p>What is the location of their machine +guns, trench mortars?</p> + +<p>Have they any asphyxiating gas or +liquid fire apparatus?</p> + +<p>Have they abundant supplies of hand +grenades, etc., etc.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[28]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>DEVICES TO DRAW THE +ENEMY'S FIRE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>42.—To make enemy waste ammunition.</div> + +<p>Any devices which lead the enemy to +waste ammunition or to expose themselves +is a clear gain.</p> + +<p>Many may be readily devised and +officers and men should be encouraged +to do so. The following have often +proved successful:</p> + + +<div class='sub'>43.—Pretend abandoning trench.</div> + +<p>Remain absolutely quiescent during +several days. This may lead the enemy +to send out patrols or raiding parties +which may be the more surely destroyed. +They should be allowed to approach +to the wire entanglements before +a shot is fired.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>44.—Pretend a raid.</div> + +<p>On dark nights, have all firing stop. +Throw stones by hand or with slings, +a dozen at a time toward the enemy's +trench. This will lead him to fire repeated<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[29]</a></span> +volleys and waste ammunition +in his fear of an attack, especially if +the trenches are in wooded terrain and +there are leaves on the ground. Repeat +several times during the night.</p> + +<p>Patrols may also tie strings to the +enemy's barb wire. On dark nights +pulling on the string may lead the +enemy to fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>45.—Use decoys.</div> + +<p>Decoys may be arranged in trees or +stuck up momentarily over the parapet. +They will draw the enemy's fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>46.—Pretend a fire attack.</div> + +<p>If the enemy's trenches are near +enough for the sound to carry, whistles +may be blown all along the line before +a volley. They may be blown again +after the command to omit the volley. +The enemy may continue to fire indefinitely.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>47.—Watch out for enemy's ruses.</div> + +<p>Let the aim of all these devices be +to make the enemy waste ammunition +and to save your own. On the other +hand, the enemy is likely to attempt +like ruses and many others which are +not permissible such as the use of white<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[30]</a></span> +flags or raising hands to indicate pretended +surrender.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>48.—His use of blank cartridges.</div> + +<p>A legitimate ruse, of which the enemy +is fond and which should be guarded +against, consists in their firing blank +cartridges to mask an advance of their +men. It is clear that men do not advance +while bullets are fired from +their own trenches. Nor does one fire +in retaliation until the enemy's fire +ceases. A little attention will be sufficient +to spoil this plan as, when only +blank cartridges are fired, no bullets +will whiz by. As long as the enemy +fires blank cartridges, withhold your +own fire, be on guard against the appearance +of patrols and be ready to +receive them when they draw near.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>49.—His use of flares.</div> + +<p>In case the enemy sends up flares, +patrols should lie flat and motionless +till after the volley which often follows. +The sentinels in the fire trench should +note spot where flare was sent up and +abstain from firing unless enemy is +sighted out of his trenches.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>50.—His machine guns.</div> + +<p>If a machine gun opens fire from the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[31]</a></span> +trench opposite, try to locate it through +the light and sound at night, through +sound and actual sight during the day.</p> + +<p>Fire a converging volley of two +rounds in its direction, and repeat, but +not over six rounds if unsuccessful.</p> + +<p>At the same time let trench mortars +fire bombs in the same direction.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>51.—His field and trench artillery fire.</div> + +<p>If enemy's artillery fires upon +trenches (Cf. <a href="#par_69">par. 69</a> ff.)</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[32]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>AN ATTACK.</h2> + + +<h2>THE REPULSE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'><a id="par_52"></a>52.—A threatened raid.</div> + +<p>As has been stated (<a href="#par_15">par. 15</a> and <a href="#par_22">22</a>) +in case enemy patrols approach, volleys +of two, then of three rounds +should be fired. Keep cool. Do not +fire prematurely.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>53.—Fire above parapet.</div> + +<p>The firing should be done over the +parapet and not through the loopholes.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>54.—When alarm is given.</div> + +<p>If the sentinels report that an attack +is developing, every one on duty takes +his post.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>55.—Flares.</div> + +<p>Flares are sent up from each section.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>56.—Trench Mortars.</div> + +<p>Trench mortars fire bombs with the +first volley.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>57.—How to repulse an attack.</div> + +<p>If the attack materializes, repeat<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[33]</a></span> +volleys and trench mortar discharge +and open fire with the machine guns.</p> + +<p>(On dark nights, in covered terrain, +the machine guns should be fired with +the first volley.)</p> + + +<div class='sub'>58.—Use of hand grenades.</div> + +<p>Hand grenades should be thrown as +soon as the enemy is within 30 yards.</p> + +<p>The grenadiers of the odd number +squads should aim to throw their grenades +upon the assailants while those +of the even number squads should try +to establish a barrage by throwing behind +the assailants.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>59.—Use of trench mortars.</div> + +<p>The trench mortars are aimed at the +enemy's trench.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>60.—Use of the machine guns.</div> + +<p>The machine guns fire directly at +the assailants, with slight differences +in height of aim, (knee high, waist +high, etc.) according to the directions +previously given to each man.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>61.—Fire Control.</div> + +<p>Carefully keep fire rifle under control +and avoid wasting ammunition.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[34]</a></span></p> + +<p>Never fire without aiming. If the +ground ahead is flat, aim waist-high; +if it slopes down, aim close to the soil; +if it slopes up, aim at height of chest.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>62.—Repulse with the bayonet.</div> + +<p>If some of the enemy reach the +trench, dispose of them with the bayonet.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>63.—Save ammunition.</div> + +<p>Cease firing and abstain from further +firing as soon as the attack is repulsed.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE COUNTER ATTACK.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>64.—Immediate.</div> + +<p>It should follow immediately upon +the successful repulse of the attack.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>65.—Counter attack formation.</div> + +<p>It should be developed in the following +formation:</p> + +<p>1st. Grenadiers armed only with a +bayonet, a bowie knife, a revolver and +a full stock of grenades. With them +a few men with pliers for wire cutting.</p> + +<p>2nd. Next a skirmish line of riflemen +with a full supply of ammunition.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[35]</a></span></p> + +<p>3rd. Lastly, a line of men with entrenching +tools.<a name="FNanchor_B_2" id="FNanchor_B_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_B_2" class="fnanchor">[B]</a></p> + + +<div class='sub'>66.—Method of advance.</div> + +<p>Proceed by short leaps making use +of available protection and crawl flat +on the ground in approaching the enemy's +trench.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>67.—Capture of the enemy's fire trench.</div> + +<p>After the defenders in the fire trench +are killed, jump in, throw bombs into +the dugouts, pursue the enemy into the +support and communication trenches.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>68.—Organize it against the enemy.</div> + +<p>Let then the engineers block up to +the right and left the captured trench +and organize it rapidly against the +enemy, making it face about (through +changing the parados into a parapet). +The enemy is pursued as far as possible +and kept away while fatigue parties +from the rear bring up all necessary +ammunition, sand bags, barbed wire, +etc., carrying back all the captured +enemy material. Other fatigue parties +start at once to connect the former fire +trench with the captured trench by +communication trenches.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTE:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_B_2" id="Footnote_B_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_B_2">[B]</a> Modifications of this formation have since +been adopted. Cf. Works cited in preface.</p></div></div> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[36]</a></span></p> + + + +<h2>CONCERNING ARTILLERY.</h2> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>PRECAUTIONS AGAINST ENEMY'S +ARTILLERY.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'><a id="par_69"></a>69.—Artillery Bombardment.</div> + +<p>Whether preliminary to, in connection +with, or independent of an infantry +attack, the enemy may make use of his +artillery.</p> + +<p>This bombardment may be directed +against the fire trench or back of the +fire-trench.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>70.—Case I.—Bombardment of the Fire +Trench.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>71.—All in shelter except sentinels.</div> + +<p>Leave in the fire trench the necessary +sentinels.</p> + +<p>Station all the other men in the shelters +of the support trench, or along the +communication trench, if there are no +shelters, but fully equipped and ready +to jump to their places in the fire trench +as soon as the enemy's artillery fire +will stop or lengthen to allow his infantry +to advance.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[37]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>72.—Fire to impede observation.</div> + +<p>All through the bombardment, the +sentinels should fire at all objects in +the distance which may be used as observation +posts. The machine guns +should cooperate with a slow sweeping +fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>73.—Case II.—Bombardment back of +Fire Trench.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>74.—Watch for infantry attack.</div> + +<p>All should stand to in the fire trench +watching for a possible infantry attack +and for a possible shortening of the +enemy's bombardment. If it occurs, +proceed as in Case I.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>75.—Prevent observation.</div> + +<p>Fire against possible observation +posts as in Case I.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>USE OF TRENCH ARTILLERY.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>76.—Use with a purpose.</div> + +<p>Whatever trench artillery appliances +are provided, bomb-throwers, trench +mortars, catapults, etc., they should +never be used hap-hazard, but always +with great deliberation and forethought.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[38]</a></span></p> + +<p>Have a distinct end in view and +watch for the best opportunity to attain +it.</p> + +<p>Such definite aims may be: to interfere +with a relief, a fatigue, a trench +construction or repair, to destroy accessory +defences, etc.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>77.—Keep it ready.</div> + +<p>Let the mortars, etc., be kept loaded +and trained on the target selected, +ready to be fired instantly. The crews +should be near at hand and a sentinel +posted to watch for a favorable opportunity.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>78.—Save ammunition.</div> + +<p>Until this opportunity occurs, do not +fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>79.—Have several emplacements.</div> + +<p>Several emplacements should be provided +so that mortars, etc., may be removed +as soon as they have obtained +desired results or been located by the +enemy.</p> + +<p>The trench mortar commander +should make it his business to study +carefully all possibilities for effective +emplacements and should inspire his<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[39]</a></span> +men to be alert and quick to improve +opportunities.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>80.—Use of machine guns.</div> + +<p>The machine guns should likewise +be handled as a mobile weapon and not +be used merely from elaborate carefully +concealed emplacements commanding +otherwise uncovered ground or enfilading +communication trenches, etc.<a name="FNanchor_C_3" id="FNanchor_C_3"></a><a href="#Footnote_C_3" class="fnanchor">[C]</a></p> + + +<div class='sub'>81.—Use of hand grenades.</div> + +<p>Hand grenades may be listed as +trench artillery. The temptation is to +use them too freely. Like other ammunition +they should never be wasted +and always used with a definite aim.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTE:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_C_3" id="Footnote_C_3"></a><a href="#FNanchor_C_3">[C]</a> Captain Hanguillart treats this important +subject very summarily. Cf. Cole +& Schoonmaker's Military Instructor's +Manual p. 319. He also barely mentions +Gas attacks. Cf. very complete treatment in +same work, p. 356 to 370.</p></div></div> + + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<h2>FIELD ARTILLERY COOPERATION.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>82.—Communications with the artillery.</div> + +<p>Should be permanent so that it may +cooperate whether to repulse an enemy's +attack, to silence his artillery, to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[40]</a></span> +damage his defences or to prepare and +protect an attack or a counter attack.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>83.—Observations posts.</div> + +<p>To avoid a waste of ammunition, and +attain the desired result as well as to +prevent the artillery fire from falling +short upon one's own trenches, artillery +observation posts should be provided +in the fire trench or at one of +the outposts.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>84.—Artillery fire falling short.</div> + +<p>In case artillery fire does fall short +upon one's own trenches, communicate +at once with artillery commander and +proceed as when bombarded by enemy. +(Cf. <a href="#par_69">69</a> ff.)</p> + + +<div class='sub'>85.—Artillery preparation of infantry +attack.</div> + +<p>Special caution should be exercised +in the case of a raid against the enemy's +trench. Make sure that the artillery +preparation has secured the desired +result. Synchronize carefully the +infantry advance and the lengthening +of the artillery fire.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[41]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>DAILY SCHEDULE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>86.—Rosters and schedules.</div> + +<p>Throughout the stay in the trenches, +the various fatigues should be assigned +by roster and carried out according to +schedule. The following schedule has +been found practical:</p> + + + + +<h3>7 A.M. (6 A.M. in summer).</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>87.—Cleaning of trenches.</div> + +<p>Have trenches cleaned of all rubbish, +latrines disinfected, drinking water supplied.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>88.—Collecting of broken equipment.</div> + +<p>All cartridge shells, broken tools, etc. +should be collected.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>89.—Requisition Report.</div> + +<p>A list of the supplies and ammunition +needed should be drawn up.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>90.—Report on night activities.</div> + +<p>Full report should be brought to the +company commander, covering the +work of the patrols and of the fatigue +parties, and giving full details of all +that has happened during the night.</p> + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[42]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>91.—Report on casualties.</div> + +<p>Also the list of casualties in the last +twelve hours with full names and nature +of wound if possible.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>92.—Disposal of property of dead and +wounded.</div> + +<p>The arms and complete equipment +of the wounded should be sent out with +them. The arms and equipment of the +killed should be sent to the battalion +commander. Their personal effects; +money, papers, letters, etc., should be +carefully collected, listed, and sent to +the sergeant-major.</p> + + + + +<h3>8 A.M.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>93.—Sick Parade.</div> + +<p>The men able to walk are taken to +the doctor's dugout by an N.C.O.</p> + + + + +<h3>4 P.M.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>94.—Assignment of patrols.</div> + +<p>Assign night patrols from roster. +Point out itinerary while light permits. +Have neighbouring sectors advised of +same.</p> + + + +<h3>(8. P.M.)</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>95.—Inspections.</div> + +<p>Inspection of sentinels in fire trench. +Inspection of ammunition supplies.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[43]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>TURNING OVER THE +TRENCHES.</h2> + + + + +<h3>THE RELIEF.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>96.—In the afternoon and in each section:</div> + +<p>Have all the tools and supplies collected +and list drawn up ready to hand +over to successor against receipt for +same.</p> + +<p>Inspect equipment of men that they +may be taken out completely.</p> + +<p>Check up exact itinerary of relief in +and out.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>97.—At the time of relief:</div> + +<p>Have rifles inspected and emptied.</p> + +<p>Give strict orders for silence.</p> + +<p>Follow same marching order as when +coming in.</p> + +<p>Have officer march in rear.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>98.—On reaching billets.</div> + +<p>Have the roll called and sent to the +officer of the day.</p> + +<p>Have rifles inspected.</p> + + + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[44]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3>THE DAY AFTER THE RELIEF.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>99.—Replace equipment.</div> + +<p>Have all arms cleaned and oiled.</p> + +<p>Have broken arms turned in and +others issued.</p> + +<p>Inspect shoes, clothes, equipment, +tools, and replace when needed.</p> + +<p>Have special inspection of gas-masks +and replace if needed.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>100.—Sanitation.</div> + +<p>Have underwear washed, and personal +cleanliness attended to, baths, +hair-cuts, etc.</p> + +<p>Have premises kept clean and latrines +disinfected daily.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>OUT OF THE TRENCHES.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>101.—Specialists' Instruction.</div> + +<p>While in rest billets: Have all specialists' +instruction continued: sharpshooters, +bomb-throwers, signallers, +etc.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>102.—Bayonet exercises.</div> + +<p>Should be given special attention.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>103.—Close and extended order drill</div> + +<p>and marching give the men needed +exercise.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[45]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>104.—Relaxation.</div> + +<p>should also be provided: in the form +of games, contests, entertainments, etc. +They help to keep the men "fit."</p> + + +<div class='sub'>105.—Efficiency.</div> + +<p>The company commander should +make it is his constant concern that +his men be kept at the highest possible +point of efficiency.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[46]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>QUESTIONS.</h2> + + +<blockquote> + +<p>The following questions are topical. Supplements +to the answers found in this book +should be looked for in the larger works +referred to in the preface.</p></blockquote> + + +<h3>Trench Life and Trench Warfare.</h3> + +<p>1.—What inspections should be +made on the day before the relief?</p> + +<p>2.—State orders to be issued one +hour before departure.</p> + +<p>3.—What may be the marching orders, +on the way to the trenches?</p> + +<p>4.—Describe precautions to be +taken against enemy's fire, against +aeroplanes.</p> + +<p>5.—What other precautions should +be taken?</p> + +<p>6.—What should the company +commander attend to on reaching the +trenches?</p> + +<p>7.—What possible improvements of +trenches are obviously called for?</p> + +<p>8.—What special attention should +be given the parapet?</p> + +<p>9.—Give rules for drainage and +sanitation.</p> + +<p>10.—What precautions may be +taken against capture of fire-trench?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[47]</a></span></p> + +<p>11.—What does trench warfare correspond +to in open warfare?</p> + +<p>12.—What does the safety of a sector +depend on?</p> + +<p>13.—What is the fundamental duty +in trench warfare?</p> + +<p>14.—What rule determines the number +of men to be posted in the fire-trench?</p> + +<p>15.—Sum up their orders about firing +before open terrain, before covered +terrain.</p> + +<p>16.—What is meant by double sentinels?</p> + +<p>17.—Why is listening attentively even +more important than keeping a sharp +look out?</p> + +<p>18.—Why should the sentinels refrain +from answering the enemy's fire?</p> + +<p>19.—What is expected of the men in +the listening posts?</p> + +<p>20.—When should the sentinels fire +on a clear night? When, on a dark +night?</p> + +<p>21.—What should the sentinels do, if +they hear the enemy's digging?</p> + +<p>22.—When and where are sharpshooters +posted and what is their duty?</p> + +<p>23.—What information may patrols +bring back?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[48]</a></span></p> + +<p>24.—When should patrols be sent +out and how should they be assigned?</p> + +<p>25.—What should the sentinels along +a sector know about the patrols, and +the several possible patrols know about +one another?</p> + +<p>26.—Describe dress and equipment +of men on patrols.</p> + +<p>27.—Describe their method of advance.</p> + +<p>28.—What should they do on encountering +a hostile patrol?</p> + +<p>29.—What should be the motto of +men on patrol?</p> + +<p>30.—What are some of the most +useful informations about the enemy, +you should try to obtain?</p> + +<p>31.—What motto should you have +about ammunition?</p> + +<p>32.—Describe several ways of leading +enemy to waste ammunition.</p> + +<p>33.—What is the distinction between +legitimate and illegitimate ruses?</p> + +<p>34.—On what principle is the enemy's +ruse of the use of blank cartridges +based?</p> + +<p>35.—How may this ruse be foiled?</p> + +<p>36.—What should the sentinels, and +what should the men on patrol do, +when the enemy sends up flares?</p> + +<p>37.—How should the enemy's machine +gun fire be answered?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[49]</a></span></p> + + +<p>An Enemy's Attack.</p> + +<p>38.—Describe procedure when enemy's +patrols are sighted by sentinels +and when an attack develops.</p> + +<p>39.—When are the trench mortars +and the machine guns fired?</p> + +<p>40.—How are hand grenades +thrown?</p> + +<p>41.—Where should the rifle fire be +aimed?</p> + +<p>42.—When are bayonets used?</p> + +<p>43.—Is it sufficient to repulse an +attack?</p> + +<p>44.—What formation should be +adopted for the counter attack?</p> + +<p>45.—How is the advance made and +the counter attack carried out?</p> + +<p>46.—Describe what is meant by organization +of a newly conquered +trench.</p> + +<p>47.—What should be done, if the +enemy bombards the fire-trench?</p> + +<p>48.—What should the sentinels do?</p> + +<p>49.—What should be done if the +bombardment is back of the fire-trench?</p> + +<p>50.—What general rule applies to +the use of all trench artillery?</p> + +<p>51.—What are its ordinary objectives?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[50]</a></span></p> + +<p>52.—How are trench mortars handled?</p> + +<p>53.—What is meant by calling +trench-artillery mobile weapons?</p> + +<p>54.—Give a general caution for the +use of all ammunition.</p> + +<p>55.—What is essential to secure effective +artillery fire?</p> + +<p>56.—What should be done if one's +own artillery fire falls short upon one's +own trenches?</p> + +<p>57.—How is coordination between +artillery and infantry secured in case +of a raid?</p> + +<p>58.—What are the principal items +of the morning schedule, of the afternoon +schedule?</p> + +<p>59.—Describe the preparations for +leaving the trenches.</p> + +<p>60.—What orders are given at the +time of relief?</p> + +<p>61.—What is done before the men +are dismissed to their billets?</p> + +<p>62.—How should the days in rest +billets be utilized?</p> + +<p>63.—Describe a typical day in the +trenches.</p> + +<p>64.—Describe a typical day in rest +billets.</p> + +<p>65.—What should be the supreme +aim alike of men and officers?</p> + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[51]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2> +Part II.<br /> +<br /> +French Infantry Combat<br /> +Principles.<br /> +</h2> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[52]</a><br /><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[53]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>FRENCH INFANTRY COMBAT +PRINCIPLES.</h2> + + + + +<h2>OPEN WARFARE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>106.—Is open warfare probable?</div> + +<p>It is improbable that in this war +trench warfare will definitely give place +on all sectors of the front to open warfare.</p> + +<p>But the tactics that have forced several +retirements will force others.</p> + +<p>If sufficient troops are available, +tried and fit and resolute, with the necessary +quantities of ammunition and +improved artillery, we shall see German +arrogance and brutality in victory +become again cringing fear and demoralization +in defeat; the experience of +the Marne will be repeated and the +invaders will be driven out of the territory +they swarmed over through +treacherous breaking of treaties.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>107.—The need of training in Infantry +Combat Principles.</div> + +<p>That day the infantry will come<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[54]</a></span> +again unto its own and its dash and +resolution will insure victory.</p> + +<p>To achieve it, it must be a well trained +infantry, in the old sense of the +word. Officers, non-commissioned officers +and men must have a thorough +and practical knowledge of Infantry +Combat Principles.</p> + +<p>These should be practiced in the intervals +of trench service when the battalion +is in rest billets.</p> + +<p>Their theory should be thoroughly +mastered by all on whom may devolve +responsibility.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>108.—The two phases of the Combat.</div> + +<p>We shall study here the two principal +phases of the combat: the approach +and the attack, from the point of view +of the company commander.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>109.—The Defense.</div> + +<p>We shall also consider the Combat +from the standpoint of the Defense.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[55]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>THE APPROACH.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>110.—All maneuvering at close range +impossible.</div> + +<p>In the attack, the infantry can proceed +only straight ahead. Under infantry +fire all maneuvering is impossible. +Therefore by "approach" is +meant all maneuvering preparatory +to the attack: It brings the troops +directly in front of and as near as possible +to the objective.</p> + + + + +<h3>PRELIMINARY DISPOSITIONS TO +START THE APPROACH.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>111.—The orders to attack.</div> + +<p>The company commander will receive +his orders from the battalion +commander.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>112.—Equipment and Liaison.</div> + +<p>In the meanwhile let the lieutenants:</p> + + + +<div class='hang3'>a) make sure that the men are fully +equipped and provided with full +allotment of ammunition;</div> + +<div class='hang3'>b) appoint and parade connecting +files (runners) to await orders.</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[56]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>113.—Distribution of Orders.</div> + +<p>The company commander having +received his orders from the battalion +commander, will then call his subordinates +and issue his own orders accordingly, +including the formation to +be adopted.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>114.—Combat patrols.</div> + +<p>He will make sure that there are +combat patrols on the exposed flank or +flanks and to the front and rear if +need be.</p> + +<p>It is well to have combat patrols +detach automatically. It may be understood, +once for all, that, without +further orders, the first squad will +cover in front, the second to the right, +the third to the left, the fourth to the +rear, whenever needed. Still, the officer +in charge should make sure that this +arrangement is carried out.</p> + +<p>A combat patrol, if not a full advance +guard, will thus always precede a unit +and be the first to take contact with +the enemy.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>115.—Officers as guides.</div> + +<p>The officers serve as guides to their +units, until deployment, a mounted officer +in liaison with the advance guard<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[57]</a></span> +or advanced combat patrol checking up +the itinerary.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>116.—Keep Close Order as long as possible.</div> + +<p>The advance of a company into an +engagement is conducted in close order, +preferably columns of squads, until +possible observation by the enemy +or encountering of hostile fire makes it +advisable to deploy.</p> + +<p>Deployment should not be premature +and should always follow upon the +conditions arising during the progress +of the advance.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[58]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>PRECAUTIONS AGAINST +HOSTILE ARTILLERY.</h2> + + + + +<h3>AGAINST SILENT ARTILLERY.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'><a id="par_117"></a>117.—Nearing artillery which may +open fire.</div> + +<p>About two or three miles from the +positions liable to be occupied by the +enemy's field artillery, precautions +should be taken against the possibility +of its opening fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>118.—Deployment.</div> + +<p>Deployments should be adopted best +suited to escape observation:</p> + + +<div class='sub'>119.—To escape direct observation:</div> + +<p>March in single or double file, the +whole section<a name="FNanchor_D_4" id="FNanchor_D_4"></a><a href="#Footnote_D_4" class="fnanchor">[D]</a> keeping closed up so as +to diminish the number of files seen +from the front.</p> + + +<div class='sub'><a id="par_120"></a>120.—Under aeroplane observation:</div> + +<p>Avoid especially the center of roads +as they show white, utilize on the contrary<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[59]</a></span> +the spaces between cultivated +fields of different colors, make use of +all possible cover, trees, shrubs, ditches, +embankments. Always walk in +the shade when possible. If hostile +aeroplanes are flying low, halt and lie +down on left side, hiding face in elbow.</p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTE:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_D_4" id="Footnote_D_4"></a><a href="#FNanchor_D_4">[D]</a> The French "section" comprises 54 men. +It is thus equivalent to 7 squads, and may +be considered as 2 platoons.</p></div></div> + +<hr class="chap" /> + + +<h2>CROSSING A BOMBARDED ZONE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>121.—Case I. Artillery opening fire to +register.</div> + +<p>A registering fire is easily recognized +as the German artillery registers either +with a single percussion shell at a time, +or with two time-shells at three seconds +interval.</p> + +<p>In the German field gun, the setting +of the angle of sight<a name="FNanchor_E_5" id="FNanchor_E_5"></a><a href="#Footnote_E_5" class="fnanchor">[E]</a> and of the elevation<a name="FNanchor_F_6" id="FNanchor_F_6"></a><a href="#Footnote_F_6" class="fnanchor">[F]</a> +involves two operations.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>122.—Oblique to right then to left.</div> + +<p>Therefore infantry under registering +fire should oblique forward rapidly.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>123.—Case II: Artillery opening fire for +effect.</div> + +<p>The zone has necessarily been previously<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[60]</a></span> +registered. Such a zone is easily +recognized by the presence of shell +holes.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>124.—Avoid Zone if possible.</div> + +<p>It should be avoided and the advance +made on its outskirts.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>125.—The five cases of fire for effect.</div> + +<p>If this cannot be done and the fire +for effect materializes five cases are to +be distinguished as the shells may be:</p> + + + +<div class='hang3'>1. Shrapnel shells bursting at right +height;</div> + +<div class='hang3'>2. Shrapnel shells bursting high;</div> + +<div class='hang3'>3. Time-Fuse high explosive shells +bursting at right height;</div> + +<div class='hang3'>4. Time-Fuse high explosive shells +bursting high;</div> + +<div class='hang3'>5. Percussion high explosive shells.</div> + + +<div class='sub'>126.—Case 1. Burst Area of Shrapnel +shells bursting at right height.</div> + +<p>The area of burst is about 250 to +300 yards in length and 30 yards in +width, half the bullets falling on the +first 50 yards of the beaten zone.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>127.—Protective Formation against +Shrapnel.</div> + +<p>Advance in line of section, in single<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[61]</a></span> +or double file keeping as closed up as +possible with 30 yards intervals between +sections.</p> + +<p>The second line should be 250 to 300 +yards behind the first.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>128.—Case 2. Shrapnel shells bursting +high.</div> + +<p>Much less dangerous than when +bursting at right height as initial speed +of bullets is spent. Same formation as +for Case 1.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>129.—Case 3. Burst area of Time-fuse +high explosive shells bursting at +right height.</div> + +<p>The area of burst is opposite to that +of shrapnel: short depth, large width, +only 7 to 10 yards depths as opposed +to 60 to 100 yards in width.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>130.—Protective Formation against +Time-fuse high explosives.</div> + +<p>Advance in line of section, single or +double file, keeping as closed up as +possible with 60 to 100 yards intervals +between sections.</p> + +<p>The second line may be 15 yards +behind the first.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[62]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>131.—Case 4. High explosive shells +bursting high.</div> + +<p>The depth of the area of burst is +longer than when shells burst at the +right height; therefore widen interval +between the lines.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>132.—Case 5. Burst area of percussion +high explosive shells.</div> + +<p>The radius of the explosion is only +about 25 yards but the local effect is +intense and the displacement is effective +in more than double the radius.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>133.—Protective Formation against +percussion high explosive shells.</div> + +<p>Advance in line of section in double +file, keeping as closed up as possible, +with about 100 yards intervals between +sections.</p> + +<p>The second line may be about 50 +yards behind the first.</p> + + +<h3>GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS +AGAINST ALL TYPES OF +EFFECTIVE FIRE.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>134.—Dangerous to stop, useless to run.</div> + +<p>Do not stop in a zone under fire for +effect as lying down only provides a +larger target. If absolutely obliged to<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[63]</a></span> +stop, remain standing and packed together +like sardines, maintaining above +formations and intervals. It is useless +to run, but, as much as possible, advance +steadily.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>135.—Protective Formation against +all types of shells.</div> + +<p>As may appear from the study of the +above the following formation and intervals +will afford the best protection +against all types and combinations of +types of shells, as a shell will never +affect more than one section.</p> + +<p>Advance in lines of sections in double +file, keeping as closed up as possible, +with 85 to 110 yards intervals<a name="FNanchor_G_7" id="FNanchor_G_7"></a><a href="#Footnote_G_7" class="fnanchor">[G]</a> between +sections.</p> + +<p>The second line should be 250 to 300 +yards behind the first.</p> + + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_E_5" id="Footnote_E_5"></a><a href="#FNanchor_E_5">[E]</a> Inclination of the line of sight to the +horizontal.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_F_6" id="Footnote_F_6"></a><a href="#FNanchor_F_6">[F]</a> The vertical inclination of the gun.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_G_7" id="Footnote_G_7"></a><a href="#FNanchor_G_7">[G]</a> All through this chapter, maximum intervals +are given. They may have to be +shortened to secure closer order at the +expense of greater safety.</p></div></div> + + +<hr class="chap" /><p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[64]</a></span></p> + + +<h2>SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE +APPROACH.</h2> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>USE OF WOODS AS SHELTER ON +THE ADVANCE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>136.—Avoid if small.</div> + +<p>They should be used to advance or +halt only if they are of considerable +size. Then, they hide movements and +provide some shelter from fire. On the +contrary, when they are small, they +are to be avoided as they draw artillery +fire and do not offer sufficient +protection.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>137.—Liaison difficult.</div> + +<p>When advancing in woods, special +care should be taken to keep all fractions +connected.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>138.—Exit quickly at one time.</div> + +<p>To exit from wood, take all necessary +dispositions under cover so that, +on the signal of the commander, all +fractions may be ready to spring out +together. They should continue to advance +forward, as rapidly as possible,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[65]</a></span> +to avoid the enemy's likely shelling of +the outskirts.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>138.—Otherwise exit in different +places.</div> + +<p>If the exit cannot be made by all +fractions at one time, the elements of +the second line should avoid coming +out at the same point as those of the +first line.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>TO CROSS A CREST.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>139.—Cross altogether and rapidly.</div> + +<p>Let the line of sections assemble at +top of crest, crouching carefully below +the sky line. Then, upon concerted +signal, all should leap quickly across +and down the descending slope, making +as extended bounds as possible.</p> + +<p>This makes crossing fairly safe as +even the infantry will have to modify +both its elevation and angle of sight +for every new position of this quickly +moving target.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>PRECAUTIONS AGAINST CAVALRY.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>140.—Cavalry Patrols.</div> + +<p>During the whole "approach" watch +should be kept for possible cavalry +patrols. The elements acting as advance<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[66]</a></span> +guard and flank guards or as +combat patrols have as part of their +special mission to keep the cavalry +away from the main body.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>141.—Face and Fire.</div> + +<p>To repulse cavalry, the infantry must +be able to face quickly toward the +charging horsemen and furnish a heavy +fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>142.—Protective formations.</div> + +<p>If cavalry patrols are expected ahead, +deployment as skirmishers will secure +this, if on the flanks, deploy in columns +of squads marching in double file. A +formation in echelon is effective at all +times.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>143.—Repulsing the charge.</div> + +<p>If cavalry appears, stop, face the +charge quickly, fix bayonets and fire at +will, the section leaders controlling the +fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>144.—In case of surprise.</div> + +<p>If surprised, deploy quickly and lie +down.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[67]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>THE ATTACK.</h2> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE TERMINATION OF THE +APPROACH.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>145.—The Objective.</div> + +<p>The standard objective of a battalion +is a maximum front of 550 yards.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>146.—Determination of the Objective.</div> + +<p>On nearing the objective the battalion +commander reconnoiters rapidly to +determine the number of companies to +put in the front line and the part of the +objective to be assigned to each.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>147.—Horses sent back.</div> + +<p>Mounted officers now send back their +horses to reserve battalion.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>148.—Assignment of position to companies.</div> + +<p>The battalion commander assigns to +each company its part of the objective +and the position from which it is to +start the attack.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>149.—Getting into position for the +attack.</div> + +<p>The orders are given verbally by<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[68]</a></span> +the battalion commander to the captains +and by the captains to the company +usually through the platoon leaders +as the company is not in close order.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>150.—Deployment before infantry fire.</div> + +<p>As soon as the zone swept by the infantry +fire of the enemy is reached +(about 1000 yards) deployment as skirmishers +becomes imperative.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>151.—Methods of advance.</div> + +<p>Keep on advancing toward positions +for the attack by fractions, varying +method according to the terrain; short +rushes, crawling, making use of all +possible cover.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>152.—Position of officers.</div> + +<p>The battalion commander and the +captains march with the supports, the +battalion commander controlling the +despatch of reinforcements. As soon +as the supports are all sent forward +they march with the fraction nearest +the enemy.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>153.—Liaison.</div> + +<p>A connecting file (runner) accompanies +the battalion commander and +each of the captains.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[69]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>THE FIRE ATTACK.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>154.—The time to fire.</div> + +<p>It is determined by the casualties.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>155.—The order to fire.</div> + +<p>It is given by the captains; (only in +case of extreme emergency by a subaltern.)</p> + + +<div class='sub'>156.—Fire Control.</div> + +<p>The section leaders, under the direction +of the captain; control the fire: +classes of firing, volley firing, firing at +will; the target (the nearest hostile +troops within the sector of the objective +being the usual target); the range, +the opening and cessation of fire in volley +fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>157.—Fire observation.</div> + +<p>The section leaders are helped in +their observation of the fire effect by +observers standing besides them. The +fire is usually directed independently +by section or half section.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>158.—Verification of range.</div> + +<p>In principle, the corporals do not +take part in the fire but verify the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[70]</a></span> +range and direction of the fire of their +respective squads.</p> + + + +<h3>ADVANCING THE FIRING LINE.</h3> + + +<div class='sub'>159.—Methods of advance.</div> + +<p>To advance the firing line in attack, +all means are good: by section, half-section, +squad, the only condition being +that it be by commanded fractions.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>160.—Closing in to replace casualties.</div> + +<p>As men fall, the rest close in toward +the section leader, the sections rectifying +intervals on the sections furthest +advanced (the captain is with this section, +all sections being now in line.)</p> + + +<div class='sub'>161.—Closing in on the battalion front.</div> + +<p>The several companies rectify intervals +in the same way on the furthest +advanced company (the battalion commander +being with this company).</p> + + +<div class='sub'>162.—Seize every opportunity to advance.</div> + +<p>Every propitious occasion to advance +should be seized at once by the +various elements of the line: greater +effectiveness of the neighboring section's<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[71]</a></span> +fire, slackening fire of the enemy, +effects of artillery, etc.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>163.—Each fraction protects advance of +neighbor.</div> + +<p>The movement forward of each +fraction of the line should be protected +by the fire of the neighboring fraction.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>164.—Keep fit to fire accurately.</div> + +<p>The fraction leader, after each rush +forward, should give time to the men +to get back their breath so that they +may fire with careful aim.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>165.—Liaison with the Captain.</div> + +<p>The captain should be kept informed +by a conventional signal as to the need +of ammunition, etc.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>USE OF MACHINE GUNS IN THE +ATTACK.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>166.—During the Approach.</div> + +<p>Use them judiciously but boldly. +They should advance as first units.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>167.—During the fire attack.</div> + +<p>Strive to keep abreast or ahead of +the most advanced elements especially +on the flanks.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[72]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>168.—During the charge.</div> + +<p>Try to have them reach the objective +with the firing line and contribute to +the pursuit.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE COMPANY SUPPORTS.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>169.—In liaison with the captain.</div> + +<p>The sections kept in support are at +the disposition of the captain.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>170.—Method of advance.</div> + +<p>Under the command of the section +leader, they advance, in double file, at +proper intervals or deployed, according +to their proximity to the enemy and +according to the terrain (covered or +uncovered).</p> + + +<div class='sub'>171.—Distance from the firing line.</div> + +<p>They should be about 250 yards behind +the firing line to whose movements +they conform.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>172.—Supplying the firing line.</div> + +<p>The section leaders keep in sight of +the captain and upon his signaled +command advance into the firing line +either to fill up a gap or to reinforce +a section.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[73]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>173.—When filling a gap.</div> + +<p>They advance as far as possible +ahead of the line.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>174.—Reinforcing.</div> + +<p>They come up with a rush and shout +to rehearten the line.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE COMPANIES IN SUPPORT.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>175.—Position.</div> + +<p>They are kept out of range of the +enemy's fire upon the firing line but +near enough to interfere as soon as +called upon.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>176.—Liaison with battalion commander.</div> + +<p>The captains keep in touch with the +battalion commander.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>177.—Advance into action.</div> + +<p>These companies advance into the +fire zone with the necessary precautions, +either by fractions or entire, taking +advantage of favorable conditions: +inefficiency of the enemy's fire, effectiveness +of the firing line, etc.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE CHARGE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>178.—The final aim.</div> + +<p>The charge is the final aim of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[74]</a></span> +whole attack. Its success means the +defeat of the enemy.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>179.—Caution.</div> + +<p>It should not be launched too soon.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>180.—By whom ordered.</div> + +<p>The order may come directly from +the commander of the attacking line or +be solicited by any of his subordinates.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>181.—Method of advance.</div> + +<p>Fix bayonets, advance, stop to fire, +advance again, but always so as to arrive +on the enemy's position without +being out of breath.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE PURSUIT.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>182.—One essential rule.</div> + +<p>It should be vigorously pressed.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>183.—Organize new position.</div> + +<p>In the meanwhile the conquered position +should be organized.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[75]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE +ATTACK.</h2> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>ATTACK OF A WOOD.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>184.—First objective.</div> + +<p>In the attack of a wood, the first +objective should be the outskirts. Concentrate +the first effort on the salients.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>185.—Method of Advance.</div> + +<p>As soon as the wood is penetrated, +advance quickly forward, utilizing all +roads, paths and trails. The company +advances by sections or half sections, +in single or double file, preceded by +strong patrols.</p> + +<p>Every effort should be made to close +in with the bayonet.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>186.—Outflanking.</div> + +<p>The companies or fractions on the +flank strive to outflank the enemy so +as to attack him on the flank or from +behind.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>187.—Frontal Attack.</div> + +<p>The companies or fractions in the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[76]</a></span> +center try to get across the wood as +quickly as possible, or, at least, to +reach a clearing.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>ATTACK OF A VILLAGE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>188.—First Objective.</div> + +<p>In the attack of a village, the first +objective should be the nearest outskirt.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>189.—Organize.</div> + +<p>Consolidate this first position as soon +as conquered. Signal to the artillery +to lengthen the range.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>190.—Frontal attack.</div> + +<p>Then try to gain as rapidly as possible +the opposite end.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>191.—Outflanking.</div> + +<p>The flanking units endeavor to encircle +the objective.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>192.—Against interior defense.</div> + +<p>If the defense has been strongly organized +inside the village, fight forward +step by step. Blow up the obstacles +with explosives.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[77]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>193.—Cooperation of Artillery.</div> + +<p>Have artillery bring up a few guns +within close range.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>ATTACK OF A DEFILE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>194.—When defended in front.</div> + +<p>If it is defended in front, try to advance +rapidly by one or both flanks, +small fractions only attacking on the +valley bottom, while the greater part +of the attacking force progresses on the +heights on either side, the flanks striving +to keep forward so as to reach the +other end before the defenders and encircle +them.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>195.—When defended in rear.</div> + +<p>If the defile is defended at the farther +end, as in the case of a bridge, +echelon units (properly covered) for +heavy concentrated fire from the bank +held and cross the bridge on the run +and in small groups.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>NIGHT ATTACKS.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>196.—Of limited scope.</div> + +<p>They must be confined to simple +movements over easy ground.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[78]</a></span></p> + + +<div class='sub'>197.—Orders to be given.</div> + +<p>They must be carefully prepared +secretly beforehand in every detail. The +orders must include detailed particulars +on the role of each unit or fraction +of units, precise data on the rallying +points and on the signals to be used.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>198.—Small units used.</div> + +<p>For many reasons, chief among +which is the difficulty of handling +large units at night and maintaining +contact, small units should be used.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>199.—A battalion the maximum.</div> + +<p>The fire of the adversary being negligible +at night, there is seldom any advantage +in putting more than a battalion +in line against a given objective, +the quality, discipline and cohesion of +the troops making up for the number.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>200.—Special precaution.</div> + +<p>Before beginning the approach, carefully +secure all arms and utensils so +as to prevent noise. Fix bayonets.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>201.—Method of advance.</div> + +<p>Walk in double files on sides of +roads, never in the center. Otherwise<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[79]</a></span> +as long as practicable, in columns of +squads.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>202.—Liaison.</div> + +<p>Commands are to be transmitted in +a low voice by connecting files.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>203.—To secure surprise.</div> + +<p>Keep absolute silence. Forbid all +lights. No smoking allowed.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>204.—Reconnaissance.</div> + +<p>The itinerary should be reconnoitered +beforehand, if possible, and index +stakes planted; otherwise an officer +should precede with a luminous compass +and men to plant the stakes.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>205.—No fire before charge.</div> + +<p>Do not answer the enemy's fire until +the charge.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>206.—Quickness essential.</div> + +<p>Success depends above all on the +rapidity and continuity of the advance. +Get there as quickly as possible.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[80]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>THE DEFENSE.<br /> +<br /> +DEFENSE OF POINTS d'APPUIS:<br /> +WOODS, VILLAGES, DEFILES.</h2> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>DEFENSE OF WOODS.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>207.—Distribution of Troops.</div> + +<p>The commander should distribute his +command so as to provide a defense +of the outskirts, an interior defense and +reserves for a counter attack.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>208.—The outskirt defense.</div> + +<p>The outskirts defense troops should +organize their positions and remain +hidden near the combat emplacements +until the attack is announced as impending +by their sentinels.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>209.—The interior defense.</div> + +<p>The interior defense troops should +organize their positions (abatis, barb-wire) +on the edges of clearings and +other open spaces so as to secure convergent +fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>210.—The Reserves.</div> + +<p>The counter-attack reserves should<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[81]</a></span> +be placed in the rear and on the outside +of the flank best suited for launching +a counter attack. They should +proceed to organize the ground so as +to prevent the enemy from issuing +from the wood, and should strive to +keep on.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>DEFENSE OF A VILLAGE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>211.—Distribution of Troops.</div> + +<p>The same as for the defense of a +wood.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>212.—The exits.</div> + +<p>The outskirts defense organization +should include trenches and accessory +defences before all the exits. These +should be strongly barricaded.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>213.—Interior strong point.</div> + +<p>The interior defense should be organized +about the houses most strongly +built and least visible to the enemy's +artillery. It should include hidden +communications between these strong +points, thus facilitating a prolonged +defense.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>214.—Special precautions.</div> + +<p>The streets should be barricaded and +loopholes provided in the walls of the<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[82]</a></span> +houses. Precautions should be taken +against fire: pails of water, boxes of +sand provided in the houses.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>DEFENSE OF A DEFILE.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>215.—To keep the exits open for an +advance.</div> + +<p>If the aim is to keep the exits open +so as to permit the advance of troops, +the defense should be organized at +some distance in front of the defile: far +enough to permit the unimpeded progress +of the advance.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>216.—To keep exits open for a retreat.</div> + +<p>If the aim is to keep the exits open +so as to cover the retreat of troops, the +roads at the bottom of the defile should +be left free and the defense troops so +placed as to draw the enemy's fire on +other points.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>217.—To block the defile.</div> + +<p>If the aim is to block the defile, the +defense should be organized in the interior +of the defile on both sides of the +place of greatest width, so as to secure +convergence of fire. Echelon detachments +all along the defile to act as a +rear guard in case a retreat is necessary. +Keep the flanks well protected.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[83]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>NIGHT DEFENSE OF A POSITION</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>218.—Precautions against attack.</div> + +<p>Attack should be guarded against by +accumulating obstacles and the defense +further prepared by previous reconnoitering +of the best ground for counter-attacks.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>219.—Receive with violent fire and immediate +counterattacks.</div> + +<p>The enemy's charge should be met +with a violent fire at the shortest possible +range, followed immediately by +counter-attacks with the bayonet, especially +on the flanks.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2>THE COUNTER ATTACK.</h2> + + +<div class='sub'>220.—Confine to definite Objective.</div> + +<p>Indicate the objective very definitely +including the position to be reached +but not gone beyond.</p> + +<p>Its direction should not interfere +with the fire of neighboring troops.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>221.—Necessary Reconnaissance.</div> + +<p>The Counter Attack should be prepared +cautiously and the itinerary carefully, +even if rapidly, reconnoitered. +(This may have been done as part of<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[84]</a></span> +the preparation of the defense. It +should be done with special care if the +counter-attack is to take place at +night.)</p> + + +<div class='sub'>222.—Watch for opportunity.</div> + +<p>It may be decided upon independently +of the incidents of the defense or to +take advantage of the mistakes or +weakness of the adversary.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>223.—Counter from short distance.</div> + +<p>The most favorable moment is when +the enemy is within a short distance +and its artillery consequently obliged +to stop or to lengthen its fire.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>224.—Sudden and intense fire.</div> + +<p>It should be launched suddenly so as +to surprise the enemy and pushed vigorously, +the fire being increased to +great intensity along the whole front.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>225.—Rapid and continuous advance.</div> + +<p>Rapidity and continuity of advance is +essential.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>226.—Bayonet charge.</div> + +<p>Its culmination is the bayonet charge<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[85]</a></span> +against the prescribed definite objective.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>227.—Stop!</div> + +<p>Hold this objective once conquered +but do not go beyond.</p> + + +<div class='sub'>228.—Dash under Discipline.</div> + +<p>Let the motto be always, but here +especially: "DASH UNDER DISCIPLINE."</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[86]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2>QUESTIONS.</h2> + + +<blockquote> + +<p>The following questions cover the principles +of combat in open warfare. These +principles have been supplemented rather +than changed in the light of experience +since 1914. In their original form, as given +in this book, they still may be considered +as fundamental. Compare them carefully +with the treatment of the same topics in +the larger works recommended. The questions +are shaped to cover the topics supplemented.</p></blockquote> + +<p>1.—What is the difference between +"trench warfare" and "open warfare"?</p> + +<p>2.—What is meant by the "combat"?</p> + +<p>3.—What are the two phases of the +combat?</p> + +<p>4.—What is the distinction between +"the approach" and the "attack"?</p> + +<p>5.—Why is maneuvering impossible +under infantry fire?</p> + +<p>6.—What is the purpose of the approach?</p> + +<p>7.—How are orders issued?</p> + +<p>8.—How is liaison secured?</p> + +<p>9.—What were the original functions +of combat patrols?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[87]</a></span></p> + +<p>10.—When should close order be +abandoned for deployment?</p> + +<p>11.—At what distance from the enemy +does deployment become imperative?</p> + +<p>12.—What is the last formation to +escape direct observation?</p> + +<p>13.—What precautions may be taken +against aeroplane observations?</p> + +<p>14.—What is the difference between +a registering fire and fire for effect?</p> + +<p>15.—How may the German registering +fire be recognized?</p> + +<p>16.—What precaution may be taken +against it and why is it effective?</p> + +<p>17.—What preliminaries are necessary +to open fire for effect?</p> + +<p>18.—What is an easy way to recognize +whether fire for effect may be +expected?</p> + +<p>19.—What five cases of fire may be +distinguished?</p> + +<p>20.—What is the burst area of a +shrapnel shell?</p> + +<p>21.—What is the safest protective +formation against shrapnel?</p> + +<p>22.—What is the difference between +a shrapnel shell, a time-fuse high explosive +shell and a percussion high +explosive shell?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[88]</a></span></p> + +<p>23.—What is the burst area of a +time-fuse high explosive shell?</p> + +<p>24.—What is the safest protective +formation against it?</p> + +<p>25.—What is the burst area of percussion +high explosive shells, and what +precautions can be taken against them?</p> + +<p>26.—What is the safest protective +formation against all types of shells?</p> + +<p>27.—What objections may it be open +to?</p> + +<p>28.—What is the safest way and +direction to go when under artillery +fire?</p> + +<p>29.—Why should small woods be +avoided?</p> + +<p>30.—In large woods, what precautions +must be taken to secure a steady +advance?</p> + +<p>31.—How should the exit from a +wood be made?</p> + +<p>32.—Describe method of crossing a +crest.</p> + +<p>33.—What are good protective formations +against cavalry and how is it +repulsed?</p> + +<p>34.—What elements have the mission +to deal with cavalry patrols?</p> + +<p>35.—What is meant by "the objective" +in attack?</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[89]</a></span></p> + +<p>36.—What is the distinction between +determining the objective and +the position from which to start the +attack?</p> + +<p>37.—What is the distinction between +"the approach" and getting into position +for the attack?</p> + +<p>38.—At what distance from the +enemy does deployment as skirmishers +become imperative?</p> + +<p>39.—Describe method of advance toward +positions for the attack.</p> + +<p>40.—Where should the officers be +during this advance?</p> + +<p>41.—How is liaison (communication) +secured between the various commands?</p> + +<p>42.—What is meant by the fire attack?</p> + +<p>44.—How is the time to fire determined?</p> + +<p>45.—How are fire control and fire +effect secured?</p> + +<p>46.—How is the firing line advanced?</p> + +<p>47.—How is it rectified?</p> + +<p>48.—Why should care be taken not +to have men out of breath?</p> + +<p>49.—How should machine guns be<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[90]</a></span> +made to contribute to the approach, +the fire attack, the charge?</p> + +<p>50.—How far should the company +supports be from the firing line?</p> + +<p>51.—Who commands them?</p> + +<p>52.—How is the firing line reinforced?</p> + +<p>53.—Describe the company supports +going into the line to fill up a gap, to +reinforce a section.</p> + +<p>54.—Describe position and behavior +of companies in support.</p> + +<p>55.—What is the final stage of the +whole attack?</p> + +<p>56.—Who orders the charge and how +is it made?</p> + +<p>57.—What is the difference between +the charge and the pursuit?</p> + +<p>58.—What should be done with a +newly conquered position?</p> + +<p>59.—What is the first objective in +attacking a wood?</p> + +<p>60.—How does the aim of the troops +on the wings differ from that of those +in the center?</p> + +<p>62.—Distinguish the different objectives +in the attack of a village.</p> + +<p>63.—Describe the attack to proceed +through a defile in which the enemy is +located.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[91]</a></span></p> + +<p>64.—Describe the attack of a bridge.</p> + +<p>65.—Why should night attacks be of +limited scope?</p> + +<p>66.—What special precautions should +be taken?</p> + +<p>67.—What is the largest unit advisable?</p> + +<p>68.—How is surprise secured?</p> + +<p>69.—Describe the methods of reconnaissance, +advance and liaison for a +night attack.</p> + +<p>70.—Should the enemy's fire be answered +in a night attack?</p> + +<p>71.—What does the success of a +night attack chiefly depend on?</p> + +<p>72.—How should troops be distributed +for the defense of woods and what +is the function of each?</p> + +<p>73.—Describe the distribution of +troops for the defense of a village.</p> + +<p>74.—How should the outskirts defense +be organized?</p> + +<p>75.—Describe the interior defense.</p> + +<p>76.—How can a defile be kept open +for an advance?</p> + +<p>77.—How can a defile be safeguarded +for a retreat?</p> + +<p>78.—Give necessary orders for the +blocking of a defile.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[92]</a></span></p> + +<p>79.—Why should reconnoitering for +counter attacks always be part of the +organization for defense.</p> + +<p>80.—Describe repulse of a night attack.</p> + +<p>81.—Is an attack ever advisable without +previous reconnaissance?</p> + +<p>82.—Explain the importance of understanding +the exact objective in a +counterattack.</p> + +<p>83.—What is the best time to launch +a counter attack?</p> + +<p>84.—What precautions must be taken +to secure the success of a counter attack?</p> + +<p>85.—What is a good motto under all +conditions, but especially in the attack?</p> +<hr class="chap" /> +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[93]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h2> +<a id="Appendix"></a>Appendix.<br /> +<br /> +A Division Front in<br /> +Trench Warfare.<br /> +</h2> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[94]</a></span></p> + + + + +<h3><a id="EXPLANATION_OF_PLATE_I"></a>EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.</h3> + + +<p>The following may be considered a +standard scheme of distribution of +troops, for trench warfare, in a fully +developed trench system.</p> + +<p>An infantry division is composed of +two brigades, each brigade of two +regiments, each regiment of three battalions. +Each brigade thus has six +battalions, each battalion numbering +1026 officers and men, normally divided +into four companies.</p> + +<p>One battalion occupies about 1000 +yards in ordinary trench warfare. As +reliefs must be frequent, three battalions +of each brigade will be on duty, +while the other three are in rest-billets, +at least two miles back of the trenches.</p> + +<p>Two of the battalions on duty occupy +the trenches, the third is stationed +about a mile back, in reserve.</p> + +<p>A brigade can therefore hold about +2000 yards of trenches: two battalions +in front line trenches, one battalion in +reserve, and three battalions in rest +billets.</p> + +<p>Hence a division (two brigades) will +hold a front of about 4000 yards.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[95]</a></span></p> + +<p>Within each 1000 yards front, the +distribution may be as follows:</p> + +<p>Three platoons of Companies A, B, +and C occupy the dugouts of the cover +trench and of the support trench and +post sentinels by roster in the fire +trench.</p> + +<p>Platoon No. 4 of each company occupy +the dugouts of the reserve trench, +together with the entire Company D.</p> + +<p>Platoons and companies then relieve +one another according to roster, a +platoon of each company and an entire +company, in turn, enjoying comparative +rest in the reserve trench even +during the stay of the battalion in the +trenches.</p> + + + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h3><a id="EXPLANATION_OF_PLATE_II"></a>EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.</h3> + + +<p>The following is a description of the +back areas of a divisional sector in +which there has been no great changes +since 1915. There are still several +hundred miles of such sectors.</p> + +<p>The line at the top marks the beginning +of the trench-system described +in Plate I. being the entrance to the +communication trenches.</p> + +<p>Road a, b, with the river c, d, run +at the bottom of a small valley surrounded<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[96]</a></span> +by hills of about 80 ft. elevation. +A branch of the river runs from +c. to e. and a railroad beside it, along +road h, i, and crossing road j, k. A +good size village is at D, a smaller one +at C, hamlets at A and B. The latter +are about one mile back of the trenches, +village C. about two miles and +village D. between three and four.</p> + +<p>Hamlets A and B have probably +been heavily bombarded at the time +line was established and have been +evacuated by the civilians. Village C. +has received shells, but, if there has +been no big attack in the sector, is in +fair shape and some of the inhabitants +remain. Village D. may also have +suffered from shells but probably most +of the inhabitants remain. Such villages +may be clusters of farms or of +cottages, depending upon the region. +If village is made up of cottages, farm +houses will be found along the roads +at frequent intervals. The fields are +likely to be under cultivation almost +as far as road k, l.</p> + +<p>Villages A, B, C are used to billet +the battalion in reserve of each brigade. +Village D. and the nearest villages +further back are used as rest-billets +by the battalions of the brigades +who will relieve those in the trenches.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[97]</a></span></p> + +<p>Near or in villages A, B and C or +near hill E and G are located the transports +of the infantry battalions in the +trenches. Supplies are sent daily to +the trenches from this headquarters of +the quartermaster and transport officer.</p> + +<p>Somewhere along road k, l, or about +hills E and G are hidden in gun pits +the batteries of field artillery attached +to the division. The men live in dugouts +alongside. The camps for the +horses, wagons and supply headquarters +of these batteries are hidden in the +woods or on the further slopes of hills +E, F, G.</p> + +<p>In village D are very likely located +the Brigades' headquarters and such +services as the Field Ambulance and +the Divisional Supply Departments. +The Y. M. C. A. recreation centers, +divisional theatre, football fields, army +canteens etc., are also located in village +D or just back of it. If the +houses in the villages do not provide +enough billets, huts and tents are +erected. Otherwise the officers are +billeted in the houses of the inhabitants +and the men in the barns.</p> + +<p>The Divisional Headquarters, the +Ammunition Column, the Artillery +Brigade Headquarters, the Engineers,<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[98]</a></span> +the Ammunition Dumps, etc., are +strung out in the villages and along +the roads just back of village D. The +heavier artillery is also posted back of +this line.</p> + +<p>In sectors that have been the scenes +of offensives the several elements remain +in the same relation, but as the +villages have been obliterated, shelters +must be provided. [The Editor.]</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[99]</a></span></p> +<div class='tnote'><div class='center'><b>Transcriber's Note:</b> To see larger versions of +these diagrams, click on the diagram.</div></div> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"><a id="PLATE_I"></a> +<a href="images/plate1-big.jpg"><img src="images/plate1.jpg" width="600" height="530" alt="diagram" /></a> +<div class="caption">PLATE I—DIVISION FRONT—4000 yards (Trench System)</div> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[100]</a><br /><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[101]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 600px;"><a id="PLATE_II"></a> +<a href="images/plate2-big.jpg"><img src="images/plate2.jpg" width="600" height="520" alt="diagram" /></a> +<div class="caption">PLATE II—DIVISION FRONT (Back Areas)</div> +</div> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<p> </p> +<div class='tnote'> +<h3>Transcriber's Note:</h3> + +<p>Varied hyphenation was retained, for example as fire trench and fire-trench, and counter +attack, counterattack and counter-attack.</p> + +<p>Obvious punctuation errors were corrected.</p> + +<p>Page 3, Table of Contents, "74" changed to "73" to reflect the heading of "THE CHARGE."</p> + +<p>Page 3, Table of Contents, "78" changed to "77" to reflect the heading of "NIGHT ATTACKS."</p> + +<p>Page 3, Table of Contents, "74" changed to "83" to reflect the heading of "THE COUNTER ATTACK."</p> + +<p>Page 7, "resourcefulnes" changed to "resourcefulness" (and resourcefulness)</p> + +<p>Page 12, final item under "3.—On the day of the relief" was formatted to match the +rest of the items. In the original it was typeset as a paragraph instead of as an +item with a hanging indent.</p> + +<p>Page 26, "offlcers" changed to "officers" (many reserve officers)</p> + +<p>Page 56, "preceed" changed to "precede" (always precede a unit)</p> + +<p>Page 63, a footnote marker was added to the text (110 yards intervals[A] between)</p> + +<p>Page 66, "controling" changed to "controlling" (the section leaders controlling)</p> + +<p>Page 68, "controling" changed to "controlling" (commander controlling the)</p> + +<p>Page 78, "or" changed to "of" (files on sides of)</p> + +<p>Page 87, "shapnel" changed to "shrapnel" (shrapnel shell, a time-fuse)</p> + +<p>Page 89, there is no question 43 on the list. This was retained as printed.</p> +</div> + +<p> </p> +<p> </p> +<hr class="full" /> +<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HANDY WAR GUIDE FOR MY COMPANY***</p> +<p>******* This file should be named 44370-h.txt or 44370-h.zip *******</p> +<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br /> +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/4/4/3/7/44370">http://www.gutenberg.org/4/4/3/7/44370</a></p> +<p> +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed.</p> + +<p> +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. +</p> + +<h2>*** START: FULL LICENSE ***<br /> + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE<br /> +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</h2> + +<p>To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license">www.gutenberg.org/license</a>.</p> + +<h3>Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works</h3> + +<p>1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.</p> + +<p>1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below.</p> + +<p>1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.</p> + +<p>1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States.</p> + +<p>1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:</p> + +<p>1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed:</p> + +<p>This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at <a +href="http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></p> + +<p>1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9.</p> + +<p>1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.</p> + +<p>1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.</p> + +<p>1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License.</p> + +<p>1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.</p> + +<p>1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.</p> + +<p>1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that</p> + +<ul> +<li>You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."</li> + +<li>You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works.</li> + +<li>You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work.</li> + +<li>You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.</li> +</ul> + +<p>1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.</p> + +<p>1.F.</p> + +<p>1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment.</p> + +<p>1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE.</p> + +<p>1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem.</p> + +<p>1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.</p> + +<p>1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.</p> + +<p>1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.</p> + +<h3>Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm</h3> + +<p>Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life.</p> + +<p>Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 and +the Foundation information page at <a +href="http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></p> + +<h3>Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation</h3> + +<p>The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.</p> + +<p>The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at <a +href="http://www.gutenberg.org/contact">www.gutenberg.org/contact</a></p> + +<p>For additional contact information:<br /> + Dr. Gregory B. Newby<br /> + Chief Executive and Director<br /> + gbnewby@pglaf.org</p> + +<h3>Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation</h3> + +<p>Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS.</p> + +<p>The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit <a +href="http://www.gutenberg.org/donate">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a></p> + +<p>While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate.</p> + +<p>International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.</p> + +<p>Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: <a +href="http://www.gutenberg.org/donate">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a></p> + +<h3>Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works.</h3> + +<p>Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.</p> + +<p>Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.</p> + +<p>Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: +<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></p> + +<p>This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.</p> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/old/44370-h/images/cover.jpg b/old/44370-h/images/cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..604cb53 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44370-h/images/cover.jpg diff --git a/old/44370-h/images/plate1-big.jpg b/old/44370-h/images/plate1-big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..1997eb1 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44370-h/images/plate1-big.jpg diff --git a/old/44370-h/images/plate1.jpg b/old/44370-h/images/plate1.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2bcfe83 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44370-h/images/plate1.jpg diff --git a/old/44370-h/images/plate2-big.jpg b/old/44370-h/images/plate2-big.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..e94c8b2 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44370-h/images/plate2-big.jpg diff --git a/old/44370-h/images/plate2.jpg b/old/44370-h/images/plate2.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..a46fb3d --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44370-h/images/plate2.jpg diff --git a/old/44370.txt b/old/44370.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9ab01fb --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44370.txt @@ -0,0 +1,3248 @@ +The Project Gutenberg eBook, Handy War Guide for My Company, by André +Godefroy Lionel Hanguillart, Edited by Louis Joseph Alexandre Mercier, +Translated by Louis Joseph Alexandre Mercier + + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + + + + +Title: Handy War Guide for My Company + Handy Company Commander's Guide + + +Author: André Godefroy Lionel Hanguillart + +Editor: Louis Joseph Alexandre Mercier + +Release Date: December 6, 2013 [eBook #44370] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-646-US (US-ASCII) + + +***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HANDY WAR GUIDE FOR MY COMPANY*** + + +E-text prepared by Emmy and the Online Distributed Proofreading Team +(http://www.pgdp.net) from page images generously made available by +Internet Archive (https://archive.org) + + + +Note: Project Gutenberg also has an HTML version of this + file which includes the original illustrations. + See 44370-h.htm or 44370-h.zip: + (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44370/44370-h/44370-h.htm) + or + (http://www.gutenberg.org/files/44370/44370-h.zip) + + + Images of the original pages are available through + Internet Archive. See + https://archive.org/details/handywarguidefor00hang + + +Transcriber's note: + + Text enclosed by underscores is in italics (_italics_). + + Text enclosed by equal signs is in bold face (=bold=). + + + + + +HANDY WAR GUIDE FOR MY COMPANY + +Handy Company Commander's Guide + +Written at the front by + +CAPTAIN HANGUILLART + +of the French Army + +Translated and edited by + +Louis J. A. Mercier, A.M. + +First Lieutenant, Harvard R. O. T. C. +Interpreter with British Expeditionary Force on the +French Front 1914-17. + +"_DASH UNDER DISCIPLINE_" + + + + + + + +Copyright, 1918 +by +R. D. Cortina Company. + +The Cortina Academy of Languages +New York +1918 + + + + +TABLE. + + + Preface 5 + + + Part I. + + Trench Life and Trench Warfare + + Taking over the Trenches 11 + Care and Improvement of the Trenches 14 + The Watch from the Trenches 17 + Patrolling 22 + Interrogating Prisoners 25 + Devices to draw the Enemy's Fire 28 + An Attack, the Repulse 32 + The Counter-Attack 34 + Precautions against Enemy's Artillery 36 + Use of Trench Artillery 37 + Field Artillery Cooperation 39 + Daily Schedule 41 + Turning over the Trenches 43 + Out of the Trenches 44 + Topical Questions on Part I 46 + + + Part II. + + French Infantry Combat Principles. + + Open Warfare 53 + The Approach 55 + Precautions against Silent Artillery 58 + Crossing a Bombarded Zone 59 + Use of Woods as Shelter 64 + To Cross a Crest 65 + The Fire Attack 69 + Precautions against Cavalry 65 + The Termination of the Approach 67 + Use of Machine Guns 71 + The Company Supports 72 + The Companies in Support 73 + The Charge and the Pursuit 73 + Attack of a Wood 75 + Attack of a Village 76 + Attack of a Defile 77 + Night Attacks 77 + Defense of Woods 80 + Defense of a Village 81 + Defense of a Defile 82 + Night Defense of a Position 83 + The Counter Attack 83 + Topical Questions on Part II 86 + + + Appendix + + A Division Front in Trench Warfare. + + The Trench System + The Back Areas + + + + +Printed in the United States of America +by the International Press +150 Lafayette Street +New York City + + + + +PREFACE. + + +The first part of Captain Hanguillart's little book "_Petit Guide +pratique de Guerre pour ma compagnie_" has been incorporated in the new +manuals of instruction published for the young recruits of the French +army by the official military publishing house "Librairie Militaire +Berger-Levrault," the editors of the "Annuaire officiel de l'Armee."[A] + +Its special value comes from the fact that it was written at the front +and is wholly based on the orders which Captain Hanguillart drew up for +the instruction of his own company and tested repeatedly through actual +experience. + +Thus its very omissions are significant. + +The text as it stands represents essentials. + +Its every paragraph is a unit of tried advice. + +=It embodies the practical data that has secured results.= + +=It sums up the cautions that have saved lives.= + +In the second part, Captain Hanguillart has merely reproduced the +French Infantry Combat principles long published in the official manual +for the instruction of platoon leaders. + +In presenting this little work, no claim is made that it is adequate to +the complete instruction of company commanders. + + Its obvious supplements are such works as: Colonel Paul + Azan--_The War of Position_. + + _The Army War College_--Translation of the French + Manual for Commanders of Infantry Platoons. + + Cole and Schoonmaker--_Military Instructors Manual_. + + Major J. A. Moss--_Manual of Military Training_. + + _U. S. A. Infantry Drill Regulations._ + +Captain Hanguillart's book should be carefully compared with these. +But because of its peculiar origin it has for the officer a value not +possessed by other books on this subject. + +It gives what a company commander =actually found essential=. + +Furthermore, it corresponds to the booklets published in France which +are placed in the hands of every recruit. + +Every officer should have full knowledge of his specialty, but =every +private= should understand the essential concerns of his officers so as +to appreciate orders the more readily. + +The army of democracy should be an intelligent thinking army. + +Such little books have helped to give the French poilu his famed +self-reliance and resourcefulness. + +It is the hope of the publishers that this translation may help to do +the same for his American comrades. + +The publishers also believe that the book offers just the information +needed by civilians to follow intelligently reports of military +operations and of life at the front. + +The editor has felt it his duty in rearranging the loose notes of +Captain Hanguillart to respect scrupulously the text, though, at times, +the best way to do so was through a free translation. + +The paragraphs have been numbered and questions and diagrams added to +facilitate assimilation. + + Cambridge, Mass. + + L.J.A.M. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[A] Cf Chapuis. _Instruction theorique et generale du soldat pour la +periode de guerre._ 27e edition, January 1917. + + + + + Part I. + + Trench Life and Trench + Warfare. + + + + +TRENCH LIFE AND TRENCH WARFARE. + + + + +TAKING OVER THE TRENCHES. + + +1.--Leaving Billets. + +The battalions of a Brigade occupying a given sector of the front are +billeted when out of the trenches, in the villages closest to their +sector. Cf. appendix. + +When their turn comes to relieve the battalions in the trenches, the +officers in charge should have the following instructions carried out: + + +2.--On the day before the relief make sure: + + That the rifles, bayonets, etc., are in good condition. + + That the ammunition and reserve rations are supplied. + + That the equipment of every man is complete. + + That all officers and N.C.O.'s watches are set to + division time. + + +3.--On the day of the relief, one hour before departure: + + Have rifles stacked and equipment laid out outside the + billets. + + Make sure that nothing is left behind, that premises + are cleaned, all rubbish burnt, and latrines filled. + + Have rifles loaded and with the safety lock turned to + the safe. + + Assign an energetic N. C. O. to act as file closer of + each platoon to prevent straggling. + + Call the roll and have it duly forwarded to the company + commander. + + +4.--On the way to the trenches: + + If under fire, have units march at proper intervals + (Cf. par. 117ff.) + + Adopt marching order best suitable to avoid blocking + the road. + + At night do not allow smoking. + + Exact silence when nearing the trenches. + + Take special precaution at all times to maintain + constant communication between units, especially at + night and when crossing woods. + + If enemy aeroplanes appear, stop and keep out of sight + as much as possible. (Cf. par. 120.) + + +5.--On reaching the trenches: + + The relief should be completed in silence--without + hurry. + + Carefully ascertain the orders of the battalion + relieved. + + Check up and assign to each unit the supplies taken + over. + + Requisition at once additional supplies and ammunition + wanted. + + Each platoon should be assigned its special duties, + the duty roster drawn up for all sentry and patrol + duties, details, etc. + + Have all the men locate the enemy trench as they come + on duty and give them the range. + + Inspect the dugouts and assign them. + + Forbid all digging under the parapet. + + Inspect the latrines. Give strict order that small + amount of dirt be thrown in after use and that lime + be sprinkled in daily. + + See that the men are provided with ammunition. + + Communication should be insured between the various + units to the right and left and with the rear. + + + + +CARE AND IMPROVEMENT OF THE TRENCHES. + + +6.--Improvements: + + Investigate the work under way for the improvement + of defense and prepare plans for further work if + necessary. + + Obvious improvements are: making additional + communication trenches, repairing or completing + shelters, listening posts, mining tunnels, wire + entanglements. + + +7.--Ammunition shelters: + + See that there are a sufficient number of shelters + for rifle ammunition, grenades, rockets and other + supplies. + + +8.--Loopholes and Parapet: + + Ascertain the conditions of all the loopholes and + have them repaired if need be. (They should cut the + parapet diagonally and be concealed in every way + possible with vegetation, branches, and the opening + blocked when not in use.) + + Have all damages to the parapet and to the ground + underneath quickly attended to. + + See that in each section there are small ladders to + permit of easy access to the top of the parapet. + + See that means are provided to fire above the parapet + in case of an attack. + + +9.--Drainage: + + Attend carefully to the drainage. Have the trench + bottom kept convex with small gutters on either side + running into pits lined with gabions. If trench + bottom is lined with board walks, keep it in repair. + Have water pits emptied if necessary. + + +10.--Sanitation: + + Have latrines kept in perfect sanitary order. + + Have them filled up and others dug =if need be=. + + Have all rubbish collected and carried out. + + +11.--Precautions against capture of fire-trench. + + Prepare for the obstruction of the communicating + trenches in case the enemy should capture the fire + trench: Have piles of sand bags above the entrance of + each trench ready to be dumped into it. Have chevaux + de frise lined up on one parapet of the trench and + all held up in such a way by a single wire that when + the wire is cut they will fall into the trench. Mines + can also be prepared to blow up the trench when + invaded. The communicating trench between the fire + trench and the listening post should be covered with + barbed wire screens or be tunnelled. + + + + +THE WATCH FROM THE TRENCHES. + + +12.--Trench Warfare an outpost duty. + +Trench warfare, the inevitable form of modern warfare, is a continuous +series of outpost duty. Hence it is based wholly on eternal vigilance. +The patrols correspond to the scouts; the listening posts to the +sentinels; the firing trench to the outguards; the cover trench to the +supports. The safety of the sector depends entirely on the vigilance +of the advanced elements and the rapidity with which supports and the +reserves can be summoned. + +Watching is thus the fundamental duty in trench warfare. + +The following points should be kept in mind: + + + + +AT ALL TIMES + + +13.--Number of men in the fire trench. + +There must be as many sentinels in each section as is necessary to +cover completely the sector to be watched, no more, no less, each +sentinel being given the exact limits (such as tree, copse, post, +etc.) at each end of the line he should watch. + + +14.--Fix bayonets. + +The men on duty should have bayonets fixed as, in case of a possible +surprise, they are needed for defense. Otherwise too, fixing bayonets +would be an indication to the enemy of an impending raid. + + + + +DURING THE DAY. + + +15.--Observation of open terrain. + +When the terrain opposite is open country, the necessary observation +may be done by the smallest possible number of men. Fire only, if any +of the enemy are sighted. Then, have two rounds fired, then three. But +keep fire under strict control. (If enemy continues to approach. Cf. +par. 52 ff.) + + +16.--Observation of covered terrain. + +When the terrain is covered (high brush wood, copses, trees, etc.) a +sharpshooter in each section should fire occasionally into the trees, +etc., which may be observation or sharpshooters' posts but this should +not be overdone. + + + + +AT NIGHT. + + +17.--Double sentinels. + +Post double sentinels in each section, each man watching in turn, the +other resting but within call. + + +18.--Silence. + +They should refrain from making the least noise so as to hear and not +be heard. + + +19.--No firing when fired upon. + +There should be no firing when the enemy fires since when the enemy +fires, he does not advance. + + +20.--Look and listen. + +They should keep a sharp lookout but listen even more attentively. + + +21.--In the listening posts. + +Sentinels in the listening posts should listen especially for the noise +of crushed branches, stirring leaves, slight noise of arms or utensils. + +If enemy is detected, these sentinels should hasten back to fire trench +to give the alarm quietly so that the enemy may be surprised. + +They should fire only if they are themselves caught unawares. + +Listening posts should not be too numerous, about two per battalion. + +If there are no listening posts, patrols should be sent out to +favorable spots especially at sundown and before sunrise. + + +22.--Enemy sighted or heard, fire. + +If the night is clear and the terrain is open, proceed as during the +day: If the enemy is sighted or heard, fire in short volleys. In case +of doubt throw grenades with the first volley. + + +23.--Otherwise no firing. + +Otherwise, absolute silence should be observed. No firing whatever. + + +24.--Unless night is dark. + +If the night is dark, to avoid surprise, keep up firing: One man per +section should fire in turn, from time to time varying the direction. + + +25.--Digging by enemy. + +If digging by the enemy is reported, cease firing. Have it located, +throw bombs followed by volleys. Notify sappers for counter mining. + + +26.--Watch for light of enemy's fire. + +If enemy fires, note where light appears. + + +27.--Posting of sharpshooters. + +Locate sharpshooters in advantageous posts behind the trenches (trees, +etc.). Have them fire into the enemy's listening posts and into the +enemy's trench, especially wherever light appears. These posts should +not be occupied during the day. + + +28.--Patrols. + +Send out patrols, stationary or mobile. + + + + +PATROLLING. + + +29.--Functions of Patrols. + +The aim: to supplement the work of the listening posts and of the +sentinels through more forward observation. To discover the movements +and the operations of the enemy. To locate his emplacements. + +To keep in close touch with the enemy so as to take advantage of his +possible weaknesses: lack of watchfulness, of ammunition, of sufficient +troops. To verify, repair and complete advance defences. To get the +exact range of enemy's positions. To bring back prisoners. + + +30.--Time to patrol. + +Patrols should be on duty through the night but be specially watchful +before sunrise. + + +31.--Assignment of patrol duty. + +N. C. O. and men should be assigned to patrol duty by roster or as +volunteers. In the former case, if there is reason to think that a +patrol has not done its best to secure information, the same men should +be sent out again. + + +32.--Sentinels should know about patrols. + +Neighboring companies should be notified of the departure, route and +probable time of return of patrols. If several patrols are sent out at +the same time they should know one another's itinerary. + + +33.--Dress and equipment of patrols. + +The men (3 to 5 commanded by N. C. O.) should carry no impediments +and their dress should not interfere with ease of movements: sweaters +should be worn instead of overcoats. The woolen cap or comforter should +be worn as they cover most of the face. Slits should be cut for the +ears that hearing be not interfered with. The helmet should always be +worn over comforter. Also dark gloves to hide the hands. No equipment +save the rifle, the bayonet fixed or carried in the hand, (no bayonet +scabbard), a few hand grenades. + + +34.--Method of advance. + +Patrols should crawl forward or advance by short dashes, silently, stop +often and for long periods, listen intently. + + +35.--Under flare light. + +If the enemy sends up lighting rockets (flares) or fires volleys, lie +flat on the ground until he stops. + + +36.--Against an hostile patrol. + +If a small hostile patrol approaches, do the same, throw a stone or two +so as to turn its attention away and take advantage of this to surprise +it. If men of enemy's patrol give the alarm, kill them--lie flat on +ground during enemy's volleys which will follow. Then strip bodies of +distinctive uniform badges, and search for papers, etc. Otherwise bring +men back as prisoners. + + +37.--Need of initiative. + +Patrols should exercise initiative, take advantage of circumstances, in +devising ways of bringing back the greatest possible amount of useful +information. + + + + +INTERROGATING PRISONERS. + + +38.--Information from prisoners. + +One of the chief aims of patrolling is to bring back prisoners from +whom information may be gathered. + + +39.--Its use by General Staff. + +The General Staff is interested to know the nationality, the division, +the age, etc. of prisoners captured in a given sector. + + +40.--Its use by company commander. + +But these are of little value to the battalion or company commander. +Hence, when possible, they should ask the prisoners questions more +pertinent to the organization of the enemy sector opposite: + + +41.--Questions to ask. + +How strongly are your various lines held? + +Where are the C. O. Post and the officers' dugouts? + +When and by what routes are the reliefs made, how often and on what +days and at what time. Ask the same questions for the fatigues. + +At what time are rations brought or served? + +What is the actual muster of the company? + +How many regular army officers, how many reserve officers? What do the +men think of their officers? + +How many advanced posts? How many men in each, by day and by night? Do +they have grenades and how are they relieved? + +How many men are sent out on patrol, how often, at what time, by what +route coming and going? How are they dressed and armed? What are their +instructions? + +What does the enemy know about our own patrols? + +Are snipers placed in trees during the day and at night? If so, what +trees are used. What parts of our sectors can they see? + +Are they planning any raids? Do they anticipate raids by us? + +What work are they carrying on during the day and at night? + +Have they any idea of our own activities? + +What is the nature and the location of their accessory defences? + +What is the location of their machine guns, trench mortars? + +Have they any asphyxiating gas or liquid fire apparatus? + +Have they abundant supplies of hand grenades, etc., etc. + + + + +DEVICES TO DRAW THE ENEMY'S FIRE. + + +42.--To make enemy waste ammunition. + +Any devices which lead the enemy to waste ammunition or to expose +themselves is a clear gain. + +Many may be readily devised and officers and men should be encouraged +to do so. The following have often proved successful: + + +43.--Pretend abandoning trench. + +Remain absolutely quiescent during several days. This may lead the +enemy to send out patrols or raiding parties which may be the more +surely destroyed. They should be allowed to approach to the wire +entanglements before a shot is fired. + + +44.--Pretend a raid. + +On dark nights, have all firing stop. Throw stones by hand or with +slings, a dozen at a time toward the enemy's trench. This will lead +him to fire repeated volleys and waste ammunition in his fear of an +attack, especially if the trenches are in wooded terrain and there are +leaves on the ground. Repeat several times during the night. + +Patrols may also tie strings to the enemy's barb wire. On dark nights +pulling on the string may lead the enemy to fire. + + +45.--Use decoys. + +Decoys may be arranged in trees or stuck up momentarily over the +parapet. They will draw the enemy's fire. + + +46.--Pretend a fire attack. + +If the enemy's trenches are near enough for the sound to carry, +whistles may be blown all along the line before a volley. They may +be blown again after the command to omit the volley. The enemy may +continue to fire indefinitely. + + +47.--Watch out for enemy's ruses. + +Let the aim of all these devices be to make the enemy waste ammunition +and to save your own. On the other hand, the enemy is likely to attempt +like ruses and many others which are not permissible such as the use of +white flags or raising hands to indicate pretended surrender. + + +48.--His use of blank cartridges. + +A legitimate ruse, of which the enemy is fond and which should be +guarded against, consists in their firing blank cartridges to mask an +advance of their men. It is clear that men do not advance while bullets +are fired from their own trenches. Nor does one fire in retaliation +until the enemy's fire ceases. A little attention will be sufficient to +spoil this plan as, when only blank cartridges are fired, no bullets +will whiz by. As long as the enemy fires blank cartridges, withhold +your own fire, be on guard against the appearance of patrols and be +ready to receive them when they draw near. + + +49.--His use of flares. + +In case the enemy sends up flares, patrols should lie flat and +motionless till after the volley which often follows. The sentinels in +the fire trench should note spot where flare was sent up and abstain +from firing unless enemy is sighted out of his trenches. + + +50.--His machine guns. + +If a machine gun opens fire from the trench opposite, try to locate it +through the light and sound at night, through sound and actual sight +during the day. + +Fire a converging volley of two rounds in its direction, and repeat, +but not over six rounds if unsuccessful. + +At the same time let trench mortars fire bombs in the same direction. + + +51.--His field and trench artillery fire. + +If enemy's artillery fires upon trenches (Cf. par. 69 ff.) + + + + +AN ATTACK. + + + + +THE REPULSE. + + +52.--A threatened raid. + +As has been stated (par. 15 and 22) in case enemy patrols approach, +volleys of two, then of three rounds should be fired. Keep cool. Do not +fire prematurely. + + +53.--Fire above parapet. + +The firing should be done over the parapet and not through the +loopholes. + + +54.--When alarm is given. + +If the sentinels report that an attack is developing, every one on duty +takes his post. + + +55.--Flares. + +Flares are sent up from each section. + + +56.--Trench Mortars. + +Trench mortars fire bombs with the first volley. + + +57.--How to repulse an attack. + +If the attack materializes, repeat volleys and trench mortar discharge +and open fire with the machine guns. + +(On dark nights, in covered terrain, the machine guns should be fired +with the first volley.) + + +58.--Use of hand grenades. + +Hand grenades should be thrown as soon as the enemy is within 30 yards. + +The grenadiers of the odd number squads should aim to throw their +grenades upon the assailants while those of the even number squads +should try to establish a barrage by throwing behind the assailants. + + +59.--Use of trench mortars. + +The trench mortars are aimed at the enemy's trench. + + +60.--Use of the machine guns. + +The machine guns fire directly at the assailants, with slight +differences in height of aim, (knee high, waist high, etc.) according +to the directions previously given to each man. + + +61.--Fire Control. + +Carefully keep fire rifle under control and avoid wasting ammunition. + +Never fire without aiming. If the ground ahead is flat, aim waist-high; +if it slopes down, aim close to the soil; if it slopes up, aim at +height of chest. + + +62.--Repulse with the bayonet. + +If some of the enemy reach the trench, dispose of them with the bayonet. + + +63.--Save ammunition. + +Cease firing and abstain from further firing as soon as the attack is +repulsed. + + + + +THE COUNTER ATTACK. + + +64.--Immediate. + +It should follow immediately upon the successful repulse of the attack. + + +65.--Counter attack formation. + +It should be developed in the following formation: + +1st. Grenadiers armed only with a bayonet, a bowie knife, a revolver +and a full stock of grenades. With them a few men with pliers for wire +cutting. + +2nd. Next a skirmish line of riflemen with a full supply of ammunition. + +3rd. Lastly, a line of men with entrenching tools.[B] + + +66.--Method of advance. + +Proceed by short leaps making use of available protection and crawl +flat on the ground in approaching the enemy's trench. + + +67.--Capture of the enemy's fire trench. + +After the defenders in the fire trench are killed, jump in, throw bombs +into the dugouts, pursue the enemy into the support and communication +trenches. + + +68.--Organize it against the enemy. + +Let then the engineers block up to the right and left the captured +trench and organize it rapidly against the enemy, making it face about +(through changing the parados into a parapet). The enemy is pursued as +far as possible and kept away while fatigue parties from the rear bring +up all necessary ammunition, sand bags, barbed wire, etc., carrying +back all the captured enemy material. Other fatigue parties start at +once to connect the former fire trench with the captured trench by +communication trenches. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[B] Modifications of this formation have since been adopted. Cf. Works +cited in preface. + + + + +CONCERNING ARTILLERY. + + + + +PRECAUTIONS AGAINST ENEMY'S ARTILLERY. + + +69.--Artillery Bombardment. + +Whether preliminary to, in connection with, or independent of an +infantry attack, the enemy may make use of his artillery. + +This bombardment may be directed against the fire trench or back of the +fire-trench. + + +70.--Case I.--Bombardment of the Fire Trench. + + +71.--All in shelter except sentinels. + +Leave in the fire trench the necessary sentinels. + +Station all the other men in the shelters of the support trench, or +along the communication trench, if there are no shelters, but fully +equipped and ready to jump to their places in the fire trench as soon +as the enemy's artillery fire will stop or lengthen to allow his +infantry to advance. + + +72.--Fire to impede observation. + +All through the bombardment, the sentinels should fire at all objects +in the distance which may be used as observation posts. The machine +guns should cooperate with a slow sweeping fire. + + +73.--Case II.--Bombardment back of Fire Trench. + + +74.--Watch for infantry attack. + +All should stand to in the fire trench watching for a possible infantry +attack and for a possible shortening of the enemy's bombardment. If it +occurs, proceed as in Case I. + + +75.--Prevent observation. + +Fire against possible observation posts as in Case I. + + + + +USE OF TRENCH ARTILLERY. + + +76.--Use with a purpose. + +Whatever trench artillery appliances are provided, bomb-throwers, +trench mortars, catapults, etc., they should never be used hap-hazard, +but always with great deliberation and forethought. + +Have a distinct end in view and watch for the best opportunity to +attain it. + +Such definite aims may be: to interfere with a relief, a fatigue, a +trench construction or repair, to destroy accessory defences, etc. + + +77.--Keep it ready. + +Let the mortars, etc., be kept loaded and trained on the target +selected, ready to be fired instantly. The crews should be near at hand +and a sentinel posted to watch for a favorable opportunity. + + +78.--Save ammunition. + +Until this opportunity occurs, do not fire. + + +79.--Have several emplacements. + +Several emplacements should be provided so that mortars, etc., may be +removed as soon as they have obtained desired results or been located +by the enemy. + +The trench mortar commander should make it his business to study +carefully all possibilities for effective emplacements and should +inspire his men to be alert and quick to improve opportunities. + + +80.--Use of machine guns. + +The machine guns should likewise be handled as a mobile weapon and +not be used merely from elaborate carefully concealed emplacements +commanding otherwise uncovered ground or enfilading communication +trenches, etc.[C] + + +81.--Use of hand grenades. + +Hand grenades may be listed as trench artillery. The temptation is to +use them too freely. Like other ammunition they should never be wasted +and always used with a definite aim. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[C] Captain Hanguillart treats this important subject very summarily. +Cf. Cole & Schoonmaker's Military Instructor's Manual p. 319. He also +barely mentions Gas attacks. Cf. very complete treatment in same work, +p. 356 to 370. + + + + +FIELD ARTILLERY COOPERATION. + + +82.--Communications with the artillery. + +Should be permanent so that it may cooperate whether to repulse an +enemy's attack, to silence his artillery, to damage his defences or to +prepare and protect an attack or a counter attack. + + +83.--Observations posts. + +To avoid a waste of ammunition, and attain the desired result as well +as to prevent the artillery fire from falling short upon one's own +trenches, artillery observation posts should be provided in the fire +trench or at one of the outposts. + + +84.--Artillery fire falling short. + +In case artillery fire does fall short upon one's own trenches, +communicate at once with artillery commander and proceed as when +bombarded by enemy. (Cf. 69 ff.) + + +85.--Artillery preparation of infantry attack. + +Special caution should be exercised in the case of a raid against the +enemy's trench. Make sure that the artillery preparation has secured +the desired result. Synchronize carefully the infantry advance and the +lengthening of the artillery fire. + + + + +DAILY SCHEDULE. + + +86.--Rosters and schedules. + +Throughout the stay in the trenches, the various fatigues should be +assigned by roster and carried out according to schedule. The following +schedule has been found practical: + + + + +7 A.M. (6 A.M. in summer). + + +87.--Cleaning of trenches. + +Have trenches cleaned of all rubbish, latrines disinfected, drinking +water supplied. + + +88.--Collecting of broken equipment. + +All cartridge shells, broken tools, etc. should be collected. + + +89.--Requisition Report. + +A list of the supplies and ammunition needed should be drawn up. + + +90.--Report on night activities. + +Full report should be brought to the company commander, covering the +work of the patrols and of the fatigue parties, and giving full details +of all that has happened during the night. + + +91.--Report on casualties. + +Also the list of casualties in the last twelve hours with full names +and nature of wound if possible. + + +92.--Disposal of property of dead and wounded. + +The arms and complete equipment of the wounded should be sent out +with them. The arms and equipment of the killed should be sent to +the battalion commander. Their personal effects; money, papers, +letters, etc., should be carefully collected, listed, and sent to the +sergeant-major. + + + + +8 A.M. + + +93.--Sick Parade. + +The men able to walk are taken to the doctor's dugout by an N.C.O. + + + + +4 P.M. + + +94.--Assignment of patrols. + +Assign night patrols from roster. Point out itinerary while light +permits. Have neighbouring sectors advised of same. + + + + +(8. P.M.) + + +95.--Inspections. + +Inspection of sentinels in fire trench. Inspection of ammunition +supplies. + + + + +TURNING OVER THE TRENCHES. + + + + +THE RELIEF. + + +96.--In the afternoon and in each section: + +Have all the tools and supplies collected and list drawn up ready to +hand over to successor against receipt for same. + +Inspect equipment of men that they may be taken out completely. + +Check up exact itinerary of relief in and out. + + +97.--At the time of relief: + +Have rifles inspected and emptied. + +Give strict orders for silence. + +Follow same marching order as when coming in. + +Have officer march in rear. + + +98.--On reaching billets. + +Have the roll called and sent to the officer of the day. + +Have rifles inspected. + + + + +THE DAY AFTER THE RELIEF. + + +99.--Replace equipment. + +Have all arms cleaned and oiled. + +Have broken arms turned in and others issued. + +Inspect shoes, clothes, equipment, tools, and replace when needed. + +Have special inspection of gas-masks and replace if needed. + + +100.--Sanitation. + +Have underwear washed, and personal cleanliness attended to, baths, +hair-cuts, etc. + +Have premises kept clean and latrines disinfected daily. + + + + +OUT OF THE TRENCHES. + + +101.--Specialists' Instruction. + +While in rest billets: Have all specialists' instruction continued: +sharpshooters, bomb-throwers, signallers, etc. + + +102.--Bayonet exercises. + +Should be given special attention. + + +103.--Close and extended order drill + +and marching give the men needed exercise. + + +104.--Relaxation. + +should also be provided: in the form of games, contests, +entertainments, etc. They help to keep the men "fit." + + +105.--Efficiency. + +The company commander should make it is his constant concern that his +men be kept at the highest possible point of efficiency. + + + + +QUESTIONS. + + + The following questions are topical. Supplements to the + answers found in this book should be looked for in the + larger works referred to in the preface. + + +Trench Life and Trench Warfare. + +1.--What inspections should be made on the day before the relief? + +2.--State orders to be issued one hour before departure. + +3.--What may be the marching orders, on the way to the trenches? + +4.--Describe precautions to be taken against enemy's fire, against +aeroplanes. + +5.--What other precautions should be taken? + +6.--What should the company commander attend to on reaching the +trenches? + +7.--What possible improvements of trenches are obviously called for? + +8.--What special attention should be given the parapet? + +9.--Give rules for drainage and sanitation. + +10.--What precautions may be taken against capture of fire-trench? + +11.--What does trench warfare correspond to in open warfare? + +12.--What does the safety of a sector depend on? + +13.--What is the fundamental duty in trench warfare? + +14.--What rule determines the number of men to be posted in the +fire-trench? + +15.--Sum up their orders about firing before open terrain, before +covered terrain. + +16.--What is meant by double sentinels? + +17.--Why is listening attentively even more important than keeping a +sharp look out? + +18.--Why should the sentinels refrain from answering the enemy's fire? + +19.--What is expected of the men in the listening posts? + +20.--When should the sentinels fire on a clear night? When, on a dark +night? + +21.--What should the sentinels do, if they hear the enemy's digging? + +22.--When and where are sharpshooters posted and what is their duty? + +23.--What information may patrols bring back? + +24.--When should patrols be sent out and how should they be assigned? + +25.--What should the sentinels along a sector know about the patrols, +and the several possible patrols know about one another? + +26.--Describe dress and equipment of men on patrols. + +27.--Describe their method of advance. + +28.--What should they do on encountering a hostile patrol? + +29.--What should be the motto of men on patrol? + +30.--What are some of the most useful informations about the enemy, you +should try to obtain? + +31.--What motto should you have about ammunition? + +32.--Describe several ways of leading enemy to waste ammunition. + +33.--What is the distinction between legitimate and illegitimate ruses? + +34.--On what principle is the enemy's ruse of the use of blank +cartridges based? + +35.--How may this ruse be foiled? + +36.--What should the sentinels, and what should the men on patrol do, +when the enemy sends up flares? + +37.--How should the enemy's machine gun fire be answered? + + +An Enemy's Attack. + +38.--Describe procedure when enemy's patrols are sighted by sentinels +and when an attack develops. + +39.--When are the trench mortars and the machine guns fired? + +40.--How are hand grenades thrown? + +41.--Where should the rifle fire be aimed? + +42.--When are bayonets used? + +43.--Is it sufficient to repulse an attack? + +44.--What formation should be adopted for the counter attack? + +45.--How is the advance made and the counter attack carried out? + +46.--Describe what is meant by organization of a newly conquered trench. + +47.--What should be done, if the enemy bombards the fire-trench? + +48.--What should the sentinels do? + +49.--What should be done if the bombardment is back of the fire-trench? + +50.--What general rule applies to the use of all trench artillery? + +51.--What are its ordinary objectives? + +52.--How are trench mortars handled? + +53.--What is meant by calling trench-artillery mobile weapons? + +54.--Give a general caution for the use of all ammunition. + +55.--What is essential to secure effective artillery fire? + +56.--What should be done if one's own artillery fire falls short upon +one's own trenches? + +57.--How is coordination between artillery and infantry secured in case +of a raid? + +58.--What are the principal items of the morning schedule, of the +afternoon schedule? + +59.--Describe the preparations for leaving the trenches. + +60.--What orders are given at the time of relief? + +61.--What is done before the men are dismissed to their billets? + +62.--How should the days in rest billets be utilized? + +63.--Describe a typical day in the trenches. + +64.--Describe a typical day in rest billets. + +65.--What should be the supreme aim alike of men and officers? + + + + + Part II. + + French Infantry Combat + Principles. + + + + +FRENCH INFANTRY COMBAT PRINCIPLES. + + + + +OPEN WARFARE. + + +106.--Is open warfare probable? + +It is improbable that in this war trench warfare will definitely give +place on all sectors of the front to open warfare. + +But the tactics that have forced several retirements will force others. + +If sufficient troops are available, tried and fit and resolute, with +the necessary quantities of ammunition and improved artillery, we shall +see German arrogance and brutality in victory become again cringing +fear and demoralization in defeat; the experience of the Marne will +be repeated and the invaders will be driven out of the territory they +swarmed over through treacherous breaking of treaties. + + +107.--The need of training in Infantry Combat Principles. + +That day the infantry will come again unto its own and its dash and +resolution will insure victory. + +To achieve it, it must be a well trained infantry, in the old sense +of the word. Officers, non-commissioned officers and men must have a +thorough and practical knowledge of Infantry Combat Principles. + +These should be practiced in the intervals of trench service when the +battalion is in rest billets. + +Their theory should be thoroughly mastered by all on whom may devolve +responsibility. + + +108.--The two phases of the Combat. + +We shall study here the two principal phases of the combat: the +approach and the attack, from the point of view of the company +commander. + + +109.--The Defense. + +We shall also consider the Combat from the standpoint of the Defense. + + + + +THE APPROACH. + + +110.--All maneuvering at close range impossible. + +In the attack, the infantry can proceed only straight ahead. Under +infantry fire all maneuvering is impossible. Therefore by "approach" is +meant all maneuvering preparatory to the attack: It brings the troops +directly in front of and as near as possible to the objective. + + + + +PRELIMINARY DISPOSITIONS TO START THE APPROACH. + + +111.--The orders to attack. + +The company commander will receive his orders from the battalion +commander. + + +112.--Equipment and Liaison. + +In the meanwhile let the lieutenants: + + a) make sure that the men are fully equipped and + provided with full allotment of ammunition; + + b) appoint and parade connecting files (runners) to + await orders. + + +113.--Distribution of Orders. + +The company commander having received his orders from the battalion +commander, will then call his subordinates and issue his own orders +accordingly, including the formation to be adopted. + + +114.--Combat patrols. + +He will make sure that there are combat patrols on the exposed flank or +flanks and to the front and rear if need be. + +It is well to have combat patrols detach automatically. It may be +understood, once for all, that, without further orders, the first squad +will cover in front, the second to the right, the third to the left, +the fourth to the rear, whenever needed. Still, the officer in charge +should make sure that this arrangement is carried out. + +A combat patrol, if not a full advance guard, will thus always precede +a unit and be the first to take contact with the enemy. + + +115.--Officers as guides. + +The officers serve as guides to their units, until deployment, a +mounted officer in liaison with the advance guard or advanced combat +patrol checking up the itinerary. + + +116.--Keep Close Order as long as possible. + +The advance of a company into an engagement is conducted in close +order, preferably columns of squads, until possible observation by the +enemy or encountering of hostile fire makes it advisable to deploy. + +Deployment should not be premature and should always follow upon the +conditions arising during the progress of the advance. + + + + +PRECAUTIONS AGAINST HOSTILE ARTILLERY. + + + + +AGAINST SILENT ARTILLERY. + + +117.--Nearing artillery which may open fire. + +About two or three miles from the positions liable to be occupied by +the enemy's field artillery, precautions should be taken against the +possibility of its opening fire. + + +118.--Deployment. + +Deployments should be adopted best suited to escape observation: + + +119.--To escape direct observation: + +March in single or double file, the whole section[D] keeping closed up +so as to diminish the number of files seen from the front. + + +120.--Under aeroplane observation: + +Avoid especially the center of roads as they show white, utilize on the +contrary the spaces between cultivated fields of different colors, +make use of all possible cover, trees, shrubs, ditches, embankments. +Always walk in the shade when possible. If hostile aeroplanes are +flying low, halt and lie down on left side, hiding face in elbow. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[D] The French "section" comprises 54 men. It is thus equivalent to 7 +squads, and may be considered as 2 platoons. + + + + +CROSSING A BOMBARDED ZONE. + + +121.--Case I. Artillery opening fire to register. + +A registering fire is easily recognized as the German artillery +registers either with a single percussion shell at a time, or with two +time-shells at three seconds interval. + +In the German field gun, the setting of the angle of sight[E] and of +the elevation[F] involves two operations. + + +122.--Oblique to right then to left. + +Therefore infantry under registering fire should oblique forward +rapidly. + + +123.--Case II: Artillery opening fire for effect. + +The zone has necessarily been previously registered. Such a zone is +easily recognized by the presence of shell holes. + + +124.--Avoid Zone if possible. + +It should be avoided and the advance made on its outskirts. + + +125.--The five cases of fire for effect. + +If this cannot be done and the fire for effect materializes five cases +are to be distinguished as the shells may be: + + 1. Shrapnel shells bursting at right height; + + 2. Shrapnel shells bursting high; + + 3. Time-Fuse high explosive shells bursting at right + height; + + 4. Time-Fuse high explosive shells bursting high; + + 5. Percussion high explosive shells. + + +126.--Case 1. Burst Area of Shrapnel shells bursting at right height. + +The area of burst is about 250 to 300 yards in length and 30 yards in +width, half the bullets falling on the first 50 yards of the beaten +zone. + + +127.--Protective Formation against Shrapnel. + +Advance in line of section, in single or double file keeping as closed +up as possible with 30 yards intervals between sections. + +The second line should be 250 to 300 yards behind the first. + + +128.--Case 2. Shrapnel shells bursting high. + +Much less dangerous than when bursting at right height as initial speed +of bullets is spent. Same formation as for Case 1. + + +129.--Case 3. Burst area of Time-fuse high explosive shells bursting at +right height. + +The area of burst is opposite to that of shrapnel: short depth, large +width, only 7 to 10 yards depths as opposed to 60 to 100 yards in width. + + +130.--Protective Formation against Time-fuse high explosives. + +Advance in line of section, single or double file, keeping as closed up +as possible with 60 to 100 yards intervals between sections. + +The second line may be 15 yards behind the first. + + +131.--Case 4. High explosive shells bursting high. + +The depth of the area of burst is longer than when shells burst at the +right height; therefore widen interval between the lines. + + +132.--Case 5. Burst area of percussion high explosive shells. + +The radius of the explosion is only about 25 yards but the local effect +is intense and the displacement is effective in more than double the +radius. + + +133.--Protective Formation against percussion high explosive shells. + +Advance in line of section in double file, keeping as closed up as +possible, with about 100 yards intervals between sections. + +The second line may be about 50 yards behind the first. + +FOOTNOTES: + +[E] Inclination of the line of sight to the horizontal. + +[F] The vertical inclination of the gun. + + + + +GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS AGAINST ALL TYPES OF EFFECTIVE FIRE. + + +134.--Dangerous to stop, useless to run. + +Do not stop in a zone under fire for effect as lying down only provides +a larger target. If absolutely obliged to stop, remain standing +and packed together like sardines, maintaining above formations and +intervals. It is useless to run, but, as much as possible, advance +steadily. + + +135.--Protective Formation against all types of shells. + +As may appear from the study of the above the following formation +and intervals will afford the best protection against all types and +combinations of types of shells, as a shell will never affect more than +one section. + +Advance in lines of sections in double file, keeping as closed up as +possible, with 85 to 110 yards intervals[G] between sections. + +The second line should be 250 to 300 yards behind the first. + +FOOTNOTE: + +[G] All through this chapter, maximum intervals are given. They may +have to be shortened to secure closer order at the expense of greater +safety. + + + + +SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE APPROACH. + + + + +USE OF WOODS AS SHELTER ON THE ADVANCE. + + +136.--Avoid if small. + +They should be used to advance or halt only if they are of considerable +size. Then, they hide movements and provide some shelter from fire. On +the contrary, when they are small, they are to be avoided as they draw +artillery fire and do not offer sufficient protection. + + +137.--Liaison difficult. + +When advancing in woods, special care should be taken to keep all +fractions connected. + + +138.--Exit quickly at one time. + +To exit from wood, take all necessary dispositions under cover so that, +on the signal of the commander, all fractions may be ready to spring +out together. They should continue to advance forward, as rapidly as +possible, to avoid the enemy's likely shelling of the outskirts. + + +138.--Otherwise exit in different places. + +If the exit cannot be made by all fractions at one time, the elements +of the second line should avoid coming out at the same point as those +of the first line. + + + + +TO CROSS A CREST. + + +139.--Cross altogether and rapidly. + +Let the line of sections assemble at top of crest, crouching carefully +below the sky line. Then, upon concerted signal, all should leap +quickly across and down the descending slope, making as extended bounds +as possible. + +This makes crossing fairly safe as even the infantry will have to +modify both its elevation and angle of sight for every new position of +this quickly moving target. + + + + +PRECAUTIONS AGAINST CAVALRY. + + +140.--Cavalry Patrols. + +During the whole "approach" watch should be kept for possible cavalry +patrols. The elements acting as advance guard and flank guards or +as combat patrols have as part of their special mission to keep the +cavalry away from the main body. + + +141.--Face and Fire. + +To repulse cavalry, the infantry must be able to face quickly toward +the charging horsemen and furnish a heavy fire. + + +142.--Protective formations. + +If cavalry patrols are expected ahead, deployment as skirmishers will +secure this, if on the flanks, deploy in columns of squads marching in +double file. A formation in echelon is effective at all times. + + +143.--Repulsing the charge. + +If cavalry appears, stop, face the charge quickly, fix bayonets and +fire at will, the section leaders controlling the fire. + + +144.--In case of surprise. + +If surprised, deploy quickly and lie down. + + + + +THE ATTACK. + + + + +THE TERMINATION OF THE APPROACH. + + +145.--The Objective. + +The standard objective of a battalion is a maximum front of 550 yards. + + +146.--Determination of the Objective. + +On nearing the objective the battalion commander reconnoiters rapidly +to determine the number of companies to put in the front line and the +part of the objective to be assigned to each. + + +147.--Horses sent back. + +Mounted officers now send back their horses to reserve battalion. + + +148.--Assignment of position to companies. + +The battalion commander assigns to each company its part of the +objective and the position from which it is to start the attack. + + +149.--Getting into position for the attack. + +The orders are given verbally by the battalion commander to the +captains and by the captains to the company usually through the platoon +leaders as the company is not in close order. + + +150.--Deployment before infantry fire. + +As soon as the zone swept by the infantry fire of the enemy is reached +(about 1000 yards) deployment as skirmishers becomes imperative. + + +151.--Methods of advance. + +Keep on advancing toward positions for the attack by fractions, varying +method according to the terrain; short rushes, crawling, making use of +all possible cover. + + +152.--Position of officers. + +The battalion commander and the captains march with the supports, the +battalion commander controlling the despatch of reinforcements. As +soon as the supports are all sent forward they march with the fraction +nearest the enemy. + + +153.--Liaison. + +A connecting file (runner) accompanies the battalion commander and each +of the captains. + + + + +THE FIRE ATTACK. + + +154.--The time to fire. + +It is determined by the casualties. + + +155.--The order to fire. + +It is given by the captains; (only in case of extreme emergency by a +subaltern.) + + +156.--Fire Control. + +The section leaders, under the direction of the captain; control the +fire: classes of firing, volley firing, firing at will; the target (the +nearest hostile troops within the sector of the objective being the +usual target); the range, the opening and cessation of fire in volley +fire. + + +157.--Fire observation. + +The section leaders are helped in their observation of the fire effect +by observers standing besides them. The fire is usually directed +independently by section or half section. + + +158.--Verification of range. + +In principle, the corporals do not take part in the fire but verify +the range and direction of the fire of their respective squads. + + + + +ADVANCING THE FIRING LINE. + + +159.--Methods of advance. + +To advance the firing line in attack, all means are good: by section, +half-section, squad, the only condition being that it be by commanded +fractions. + + +160.--Closing in to replace casualties. + +As men fall, the rest close in toward the section leader, the sections +rectifying intervals on the sections furthest advanced (the captain is +with this section, all sections being now in line.) + + +161.--Closing in on the battalion front. + +The several companies rectify intervals in the same way on the furthest +advanced company (the battalion commander being with this company). + + +162.--Seize every opportunity to advance. + +Every propitious occasion to advance should be seized at once by the +various elements of the line: greater effectiveness of the neighboring +section's fire, slackening fire of the enemy, effects of artillery, +etc. + + +163.--Each fraction protects advance of neighbor. + +The movement forward of each fraction of the line should be protected +by the fire of the neighboring fraction. + + +164.--Keep fit to fire accurately. + +The fraction leader, after each rush forward, should give time to the +men to get back their breath so that they may fire with careful aim. + + +165.--Liaison with the Captain. + +The captain should be kept informed by a conventional signal as to the +need of ammunition, etc. + + + + +USE OF MACHINE GUNS IN THE ATTACK. + + +166.--During the Approach. + +Use them judiciously but boldly. They should advance as first units. + + +167.--During the fire attack. + +Strive to keep abreast or ahead of the most advanced elements +especially on the flanks. + + +168.--During the charge. + +Try to have them reach the objective with the firing line and +contribute to the pursuit. + + + + +THE COMPANY SUPPORTS. + + +169.--In liaison with the captain. + +The sections kept in support are at the disposition of the captain. + + +170.--Method of advance. + +Under the command of the section leader, they advance, in double file, +at proper intervals or deployed, according to their proximity to the +enemy and according to the terrain (covered or uncovered). + + +171.--Distance from the firing line. + +They should be about 250 yards behind the firing line to whose +movements they conform. + + +172.--Supplying the firing line. + +The section leaders keep in sight of the captain and upon his signaled +command advance into the firing line either to fill up a gap or to +reinforce a section. + + +173.--When filling a gap. + +They advance as far as possible ahead of the line. + + +174.--Reinforcing. + +They come up with a rush and shout to rehearten the line. + + + + +THE COMPANIES IN SUPPORT. + + +175.--Position. + +They are kept out of range of the enemy's fire upon the firing line but +near enough to interfere as soon as called upon. + + +176.--Liaison with battalion commander. + +The captains keep in touch with the battalion commander. + + +177.--Advance into action. + +These companies advance into the fire zone with the necessary +precautions, either by fractions or entire, taking advantage of +favorable conditions: inefficiency of the enemy's fire, effectiveness +of the firing line, etc. + + + + +THE CHARGE. + + +178.--The final aim. + +The charge is the final aim of the whole attack. Its success means the +defeat of the enemy. + + +179.--Caution. + +It should not be launched too soon. + + +180.--By whom ordered. + +The order may come directly from the commander of the attacking line or +be solicited by any of his subordinates. + + +181.--Method of advance. + +Fix bayonets, advance, stop to fire, advance again, but always so as to +arrive on the enemy's position without being out of breath. + + + + +THE PURSUIT. + + +182.--One essential rule. + +It should be vigorously pressed. + + +183.--Organize new position. + +In the meanwhile the conquered position should be organized. + + + + +SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE ATTACK. + + + + +ATTACK OF A WOOD. + + +184.--First objective. + +In the attack of a wood, the first objective should be the outskirts. +Concentrate the first effort on the salients. + + +185.--Method of Advance. + +As soon as the wood is penetrated, advance quickly forward, utilizing +all roads, paths and trails. The company advances by sections or half +sections, in single or double file, preceded by strong patrols. + +Every effort should be made to close in with the bayonet. + + +186.--Outflanking. + +The companies or fractions on the flank strive to outflank the enemy so +as to attack him on the flank or from behind. + + +187.--Frontal Attack. + +The companies or fractions in the center try to get across the wood as +quickly as possible, or, at least, to reach a clearing. + + + + +ATTACK OF A VILLAGE. + + +188.--First Objective. + +In the attack of a village, the first objective should be the nearest +outskirt. + + +189.--Organize. + +Consolidate this first position as soon as conquered. Signal to the +artillery to lengthen the range. + + +190.--Frontal attack. + +Then try to gain as rapidly as possible the opposite end. + + +191.--Outflanking. + +The flanking units endeavor to encircle the objective. + + +192.--Against interior defense. + +If the defense has been strongly organized inside the village, fight +forward step by step. Blow up the obstacles with explosives. + + +193.--Cooperation of Artillery. + +Have artillery bring up a few guns within close range. + + + + +ATTACK OF A DEFILE. + + +194.--When defended in front. + +If it is defended in front, try to advance rapidly by one or both +flanks, small fractions only attacking on the valley bottom, while the +greater part of the attacking force progresses on the heights on either +side, the flanks striving to keep forward so as to reach the other end +before the defenders and encircle them. + + +195.--When defended in rear. + +If the defile is defended at the farther end, as in the case of a +bridge, echelon units (properly covered) for heavy concentrated fire +from the bank held and cross the bridge on the run and in small groups. + + + + +NIGHT ATTACKS. + + +196.--Of limited scope. + +They must be confined to simple movements over easy ground. + + +197.--Orders to be given. + +They must be carefully prepared secretly beforehand in every detail. +The orders must include detailed particulars on the role of each unit +or fraction of units, precise data on the rallying points and on the +signals to be used. + + +198.--Small units used. + +For many reasons, chief among which is the difficulty of handling large +units at night and maintaining contact, small units should be used. + + +199.--A battalion the maximum. + +The fire of the adversary being negligible at night, there is seldom +any advantage in putting more than a battalion in line against a given +objective, the quality, discipline and cohesion of the troops making up +for the number. + + +200.--Special precaution. + +Before beginning the approach, carefully secure all arms and utensils +so as to prevent noise. Fix bayonets. + + +201.--Method of advance. + +Walk in double files on sides of roads, never in the center. Otherwise +as long as practicable, in columns of squads. + + +202.--Liaison. + +Commands are to be transmitted in a low voice by connecting files. + + +203.--To secure surprise. + +Keep absolute silence. Forbid all lights. No smoking allowed. + + +204.--Reconnaissance. + +The itinerary should be reconnoitered beforehand, if possible, and +index stakes planted; otherwise an officer should precede with a +luminous compass and men to plant the stakes. + + +205.--No fire before charge. + +Do not answer the enemy's fire until the charge. + + +206.--Quickness essential. + +Success depends above all on the rapidity and continuity of the +advance. Get there as quickly as possible. + + + + +THE DEFENSE. + +DEFENSE OF POINTS d'APPUIS: WOODS, VILLAGES, DEFILES. + + + + +DEFENSE OF WOODS. + + +207.--Distribution of Troops. + +The commander should distribute his command so as to provide a defense +of the outskirts, an interior defense and reserves for a counter attack. + + +208.--The outskirt defense. + +The outskirts defense troops should organize their positions and remain +hidden near the combat emplacements until the attack is announced as +impending by their sentinels. + + +209.--The interior defense. + +The interior defense troops should organize their positions (abatis, +barb-wire) on the edges of clearings and other open spaces so as to +secure convergent fire. + + +210.--The Reserves. + +The counter-attack reserves should be placed in the rear and on the +outside of the flank best suited for launching a counter attack. They +should proceed to organize the ground so as to prevent the enemy from +issuing from the wood, and should strive to keep on. + + + + +DEFENSE OF A VILLAGE. + + +211.--Distribution of Troops. + +The same as for the defense of a wood. + + +212.--The exits. + +The outskirts defense organization should include trenches and +accessory defences before all the exits. These should be strongly +barricaded. + + +213.--Interior strong point. + +The interior defense should be organized about the houses most strongly +built and least visible to the enemy's artillery. It should include +hidden communications between these strong points, thus facilitating a +prolonged defense. + + +214.--Special precautions. + +The streets should be barricaded and loopholes provided in the walls of +the houses. Precautions should be taken against fire: pails of water, +boxes of sand provided in the houses. + + + + +DEFENSE OF A DEFILE. + + +215.--To keep the exits open for an advance. + +If the aim is to keep the exits open so as to permit the advance of +troops, the defense should be organized at some distance in front of +the defile: far enough to permit the unimpeded progress of the advance. + + +216.--To keep exits open for a retreat. + +If the aim is to keep the exits open so as to cover the retreat of +troops, the roads at the bottom of the defile should be left free and +the defense troops so placed as to draw the enemy's fire on other +points. + + +217.--To block the defile. + +If the aim is to block the defile, the defense should be organized +in the interior of the defile on both sides of the place of greatest +width, so as to secure convergence of fire. Echelon detachments all +along the defile to act as a rear guard in case a retreat is necessary. +Keep the flanks well protected. + + + + +NIGHT DEFENSE OF A POSITION + + +218.--Precautions against attack. + +Attack should be guarded against by accumulating obstacles and the +defense further prepared by previous reconnoitering of the best ground +for counter-attacks. + + +219.--Receive with violent fire and immediate counterattacks. + +The enemy's charge should be met with a violent fire at the shortest +possible range, followed immediately by counter-attacks with the +bayonet, especially on the flanks. + + + + +THE COUNTER ATTACK. + + +220.--Confine to definite Objective. + +Indicate the objective very definitely including the position to be +reached but not gone beyond. + +Its direction should not interfere with the fire of neighboring troops. + + +221.--Necessary Reconnaissance. + +The Counter Attack should be prepared cautiously and the itinerary +carefully, even if rapidly, reconnoitered. (This may have been done as +part of the preparation of the defense. It should be done with special +care if the counter-attack is to take place at night.) + + +222.--Watch for opportunity. + +It may be decided upon independently of the incidents of the defense or +to take advantage of the mistakes or weakness of the adversary. + + +223.--Counter from short distance. + +The most favorable moment is when the enemy is within a short distance +and its artillery consequently obliged to stop or to lengthen its fire. + + +224.--Sudden and intense fire. + +It should be launched suddenly so as to surprise the enemy and pushed +vigorously, the fire being increased to great intensity along the whole +front. + + +225.--Rapid and continuous advance. + +Rapidity and continuity of advance is essential. + + +226.--Bayonet charge. + +Its culmination is the bayonet charge against the prescribed definite +objective. + + +227.--Stop! + +Hold this objective once conquered but do not go beyond. + + +228.--Dash under Discipline. + +Let the motto be always, but here especially: "DASH UNDER DISCIPLINE." + + + + +QUESTIONS. + + + The following questions cover the principles of + combat in open warfare. These principles have been + supplemented rather than changed in the light of + experience since 1914. In their original form, as + given in this book, they still may be considered as + fundamental. Compare them carefully with the treatment + of the same topics in the larger works recommended. The + questions are shaped to cover the topics supplemented. + +1.--What is the difference between "trench warfare" and "open warfare"? + +2.--What is meant by the "combat"? + +3.--What are the two phases of the combat? + +4.--What is the distinction between "the approach" and the "attack"? + +5.--Why is maneuvering impossible under infantry fire? + +6.--What is the purpose of the approach? + +7.--How are orders issued? + +8.--How is liaison secured? + +9.--What were the original functions of combat patrols? + +10.--When should close order be abandoned for deployment? + +11.--At what distance from the enemy does deployment become imperative? + +12.--What is the last formation to escape direct observation? + +13.--What precautions may be taken against aeroplane observations? + +14.--What is the difference between a registering fire and fire for +effect? + +15.--How may the German registering fire be recognized? + +16.--What precaution may be taken against it and why is it effective? + +17.--What preliminaries are necessary to open fire for effect? + +18.--What is an easy way to recognize whether fire for effect may be +expected? + +19.--What five cases of fire may be distinguished? + +20.--What is the burst area of a shrapnel shell? + +21.--What is the safest protective formation against shrapnel? + +22.--What is the difference between a shrapnel shell, a time-fuse high +explosive shell and a percussion high explosive shell? + +23.--What is the burst area of a time-fuse high explosive shell? + +24.--What is the safest protective formation against it? + +25.--What is the burst area of percussion high explosive shells, and +what precautions can be taken against them? + +26.--What is the safest protective formation against all types of +shells? + +27.--What objections may it be open to? + +28.--What is the safest way and direction to go when under artillery +fire? + +29.--Why should small woods be avoided? + +30.--In large woods, what precautions must be taken to secure a steady +advance? + +31.--How should the exit from a wood be made? + +32.--Describe method of crossing a crest. + +33.--What are good protective formations against cavalry and how is it +repulsed? + +34.--What elements have the mission to deal with cavalry patrols? + +35.--What is meant by "the objective" in attack? + +36.--What is the distinction between determining the objective and the +position from which to start the attack? + +37.--What is the distinction between "the approach" and getting into +position for the attack? + +38.--At what distance from the enemy does deployment as skirmishers +become imperative? + +39.--Describe method of advance toward positions for the attack. + +40.--Where should the officers be during this advance? + +41.--How is liaison (communication) secured between the various +commands? + +42.--What is meant by the fire attack? + +44.--How is the time to fire determined? + +45.--How are fire control and fire effect secured? + +46.--How is the firing line advanced? + +47.--How is it rectified? + +48.--Why should care be taken not to have men out of breath? + +49.--How should machine guns be made to contribute to the approach, +the fire attack, the charge? + +50.--How far should the company supports be from the firing line? + +51.--Who commands them? + +52.--How is the firing line reinforced? + +53.--Describe the company supports going into the line to fill up a +gap, to reinforce a section. + +54.--Describe position and behavior of companies in support. + +55.--What is the final stage of the whole attack? + +56.--Who orders the charge and how is it made? + +57.--What is the difference between the charge and the pursuit? + +58.--What should be done with a newly conquered position? + +59.--What is the first objective in attacking a wood? + +60.--How does the aim of the troops on the wings differ from that of +those in the center? + +62.--Distinguish the different objectives in the attack of a village. + +63.--Describe the attack to proceed through a defile in which the enemy +is located. + +64.--Describe the attack of a bridge. + +65.--Why should night attacks be of limited scope? + +66.--What special precautions should be taken? + +67.--What is the largest unit advisable? + +68.--How is surprise secured? + +69.--Describe the methods of reconnaissance, advance and liaison for a +night attack. + +70.--Should the enemy's fire be answered in a night attack? + +71.--What does the success of a night attack chiefly depend on? + +72.--How should troops be distributed for the defense of woods and what +is the function of each? + +73.--Describe the distribution of troops for the defense of a village. + +74.--How should the outskirts defense be organized? + +75.--Describe the interior defense. + +76.--How can a defile be kept open for an advance? + +77.--How can a defile be safeguarded for a retreat? + +78.--Give necessary orders for the blocking of a defile. + +79.--Why should reconnoitering for counter attacks always be part of +the organization for defense. + +80.--Describe repulse of a night attack. + +81.--Is an attack ever advisable without previous reconnaissance? + +82.--Explain the importance of understanding the exact objective in a +counterattack. + +83.--What is the best time to launch a counter attack? + +84.--What precautions must be taken to secure the success of a counter +attack? + +85.--What is a good motto under all conditions, but especially in the +attack? + + + + + Appendix. + + A Division Front in + Trench Warfare. + + + + +EXPLANATION OF PLATE I. + + +The following may be considered a standard scheme of distribution of +troops, for trench warfare, in a fully developed trench system. + +An infantry division is composed of two brigades, each brigade of two +regiments, each regiment of three battalions. Each brigade thus has six +battalions, each battalion numbering 1026 officers and men, normally +divided into four companies. + +One battalion occupies about 1000 yards in ordinary trench warfare. As +reliefs must be frequent, three battalions of each brigade will be on +duty, while the other three are in rest-billets, at least two miles +back of the trenches. + +Two of the battalions on duty occupy the trenches, the third is +stationed about a mile back, in reserve. + +A brigade can therefore hold about 2000 yards of trenches: two +battalions in front line trenches, one battalion in reserve, and three +battalions in rest billets. + +Hence a division (two brigades) will hold a front of about 4000 yards. + +Within each 1000 yards front, the distribution may be as follows: + +Three platoons of Companies A, B, and C occupy the dugouts of the cover +trench and of the support trench and post sentinels by roster in the +fire trench. + +Platoon No. 4 of each company occupy the dugouts of the reserve trench, +together with the entire Company D. + +Platoons and companies then relieve one another according to roster, +a platoon of each company and an entire company, in turn, enjoying +comparative rest in the reserve trench even during the stay of the +battalion in the trenches. + + + + +EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. + + +The following is a description of the back areas of a divisional sector +in which there has been no great changes since 1915. There are still +several hundred miles of such sectors. + +The line at the top marks the beginning of the trench-system described +in Plate I. being the entrance to the communication trenches. + +Road a, b, with the river c, d, run at the bottom of a small valley +surrounded by hills of about 80 ft. elevation. A branch of the river +runs from c. to e. and a railroad beside it, along road h, i, and +crossing road j, k. A good size village is at D, a smaller one at C, +hamlets at A and B. The latter are about one mile back of the trenches, +village C. about two miles and village D. between three and four. + +Hamlets A and B have probably been heavily bombarded at the time line +was established and have been evacuated by the civilians. Village +C. has received shells, but, if there has been no big attack in the +sector, is in fair shape and some of the inhabitants remain. Village D. +may also have suffered from shells but probably most of the inhabitants +remain. Such villages may be clusters of farms or of cottages, +depending upon the region. If village is made up of cottages, farm +houses will be found along the roads at frequent intervals. The fields +are likely to be under cultivation almost as far as road k, l. + +Villages A, B, C are used to billet the battalion in reserve of each +brigade. Village D. and the nearest villages further back are used as +rest-billets by the battalions of the brigades who will relieve those +in the trenches. + +Near or in villages A, B and C or near hill E and G are located the +transports of the infantry battalions in the trenches. Supplies are +sent daily to the trenches from this headquarters of the quartermaster +and transport officer. + +Somewhere along road k, l, or about hills E and G are hidden in gun +pits the batteries of field artillery attached to the division. The men +live in dugouts alongside. The camps for the horses, wagons and supply +headquarters of these batteries are hidden in the woods or on the +further slopes of hills E, F, G. + +In village D are very likely located the Brigades' headquarters +and such services as the Field Ambulance and the Divisional Supply +Departments. The Y. M. C. A. recreation centers, divisional theatre, +football fields, army canteens etc., are also located in village D +or just back of it. If the houses in the villages do not provide +enough billets, huts and tents are erected. Otherwise the officers are +billeted in the houses of the inhabitants and the men in the barns. + +The Divisional Headquarters, the Ammunition Column, the Artillery +Brigade Headquarters, the Engineers, the Ammunition Dumps, etc., are +strung out in the villages and along the roads just back of village D. +The heavier artillery is also posted back of this line. + +In sectors that have been the scenes of offensives the several elements +remain in the same relation, but as the villages have been obliterated, +shelters must be provided. [The Editor.] + +[Illustration: PLATE I--DIVISION FRONT--4000 yards (Trench System)] + +[Illustration: PLATE II--DIVISION FRONT (Back Areas)] + + + + + * * * * * + + + + +Transcriber's note: + +Varied hyphenation was retained, for example as fire trench and +fire-trench, and counter attack, counterattack and counter-attack. + +Obvious punctuation errors were corrected. + +Page 3, Table of Contents, "74" changed to "73" to reflect the heading +of "THE CHARGE." + +Page 3, Table of Contents, "78" changed to "77" to reflect the heading +of "NIGHT ATTACKS." + +Page 3, Table of Contents, "74" changed to "83" to reflect the heading +of "THE COUNTER ATTACK." + +Page 7, "resourcefulnes" changed to "resourcefulness" (and +resourcefulness) + +Page 12, final item under "3.--On the day of the relief" was formatted +to match the rest of the items. In the original it was typeset as a +paragraph instead of as an item with a hanging indent. + +Page 26, "offlcers" changed to "officers" (many reserve officers) + +Page 56, "preceed" changed to "precede" (always precede a unit) + +Page 63, a footnote marker was added to the text (110 yards +intervals[G] between) + +Page 66, "controling" changed to "controlling" (the section leaders +controlling) + +Page 68, "controling" changed to "controlling" (commander controlling +the) + +Page 78, "or" changed to "of" (files on sides of) + +Page 87, "shapnel" changed to "shrapnel" (shrapnel shell, a time-fuse) + +Page 89, there is no question 43 on the list. This was retained as +printed. + + + +***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HANDY WAR GUIDE FOR MY COMPANY*** + + +******* This file should be named 44370.txt or 44370.zip ******* + + +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: +http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/4/4/3/7/44370 + + + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at + www.gutenberg.org/license. + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 +North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email +contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the +Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For forty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/44370.zip b/old/44370.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..7c6f337 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/44370.zip |
